Skip to main content
Internet Archive's 25th Anniversary Logo

Full text of "Handbook of school-gymnastics of the Swedish system; with one hundred consecutive tables of exercises and an appendix of classified lists of movements"

See other formats


GV 
467 
P75X 
hHT 



(y^^j HANDBOOK 

OF 

SCHOOL-GYMNASTICS 

OF THE SWEDISH SYSTEM 



WITH ONE HUNDRED CONSECUTIVE TABLES 
OF EXERCISES AND AN APPENDIX OF 
CLASSIFIED LISTS OF MOVEMENTS 



BY 

BARON" NILS POSSE, M.G. 

©BADTJATE OF THE BOYAL GYMNASTIC CENTEAL INSTITUTE 
SWEDEN 



NEW EEVI8ED EDITION 



BOSTON : 

LOTHROP, LEE & SHEPARD CO. 



COPTRIGHT, 1891, BY NiLS POSSB. 

Copyright, 1902, by Eose Posse. 
All Rights Reserved. 

HANDBOOK OF SCHOOL-GYMNASTICS, SWEPtSH 8T8TEM. 



Berwick & Smith, Norwood, Mass., U.S.A. 



PEEFACE 



The history of Swedish gymnastics in America may 
be said to have begun with the work of Dr. George H. 
Taylor, who, after studying in Sweden, introduced 
the *' movement cure into this country, and who for 
years was the only American writer on this subject. 
He was soon followed by stray medical gymnasts who 
located in the larger cities of the East. Yet their 
work seems to have been confined to a small area, for 
as late as seven years ago very little was known of 
medical gymnastics even among physicians; and as 
for the educational branch, no one seemed to have 
^ heard of it. The author of this book was surprised 
to find his profession looked upon as one of the low- 
est. That a masseur or gymnast needed to possess not 
only a good general education, but a professional one 
as well, was known to but few. During the last five 
years, however, gymnastics have been slowly, but 
surely, advancing towards a place among the sci- 
ences, and it will not be long before we shall begin to 
see a marked change in the national characteristics. 

In 1887 the author published a little pamphlet en- 
titled Medical Gymnastics," which chanced to fall 
into the hands of a noted philanthropist. Her atten- 
tion ll&,ving been thus called to the subject, in 1888 
- 7 



8 



Preface 



she secured the seryices of the author to demonstrate 
Swedish gymnastics to a class of teachers from the 
Boston public schools ; and the experiment proved so 
successful that another class composed of masters of 
Boston schools was placed under the same instruction, 
and from this beginning was developed a school of 
gymnastics, of which the author became director. 
The next year one hundred teachers were given free 
instruction in this school, the masters' class was con- 
tinued, and various practice classes were formed. 
Besides being the sole instructor for all these classes, 
the author was given the work of introducing Swedish 
gymnastics into the Boston Normal School, where 
daily all the pupils came under his instruction. More- 
over, during all this time the author was giving vari- 
ous public lectures on the subject, and was called 
before the school committee of Boston to explain the 
system, and present arguments in its favor. After 
much discussion, and notwithstanding great opposi- 
tion, Swedish gymnastics became officially authorized 
in the Boston schools in June, 1890; but it is to be 
remembered that in many of the schools the system 
had already been taught for over a year. Previous to 
this start in Boston, attempts had been made by un- 
trained teachers in one or two other cities to bring the 
system to the front, but no prominence had been given 
to their efforts. 

With this began a new era, and now a curious thing 
occurs. Everybody attempts teaching Swedish gym- 
nastics, and one has only to be a Scandinavian to be 
considered competent to teach this subject. That the 
system has survived in this country under such cir- 



Preface 



9 



cumstances stands greatly to its credit.- We have wit- 
nessed the strange spectacle of city after city adopting 
the system, and (with one or two exceptions) secur- 
ing poorly trained teachers to introduce it, and after- 
wards wondering at the bad results attained. The 
arrogance of some teachers has even gone so far that 
they deny all authority but their own. Even the 
word of the late Prof. Hj. Ling (the son of P. H. 
Ling), whom the Swedes rank foremost, has no 
weight with them, and the laws of the human body 
they regard as being of no consequence whatever. 

Since severing his connection with the Boston 
School of Gymnastics, the author has been enabled 
to propagate the system on a larger scale from a school 
of his own ; and, at the urgent solicitation of his pupils, 
has decided to publish what he had been saving for 
riper times, — a manual which is the result of five 
years' work, and a much longer period of investiga- 
tion. 

The author objects most sincerely to making teach- 
ers into machines, and desires that this book be merely 
a guide for those who are already familiar with the 
subject, and who can couple their individuality to that 
of another, and who are teachers, not imitators. The 
tables have been arranged so as to suit all the condi- 
tions of a school ; and with the progressive lists at the 
end of the book, a teacher of gymnastics can easily 
expand the tables so as to make them correspond to 
any conditions under which he is teaching. Those 
who desire to learn more about the rationale of the 
system are referred to The Swedish System of Edu- 
cational Gymnastics (published by Lee & Shepard), 



10 



Preface 



and The Scientific Aspect of Swedish Gymnastics " 
(Posse Gymnasium, Boston), by the same author. 

Although this book is in a measure a new departure, 
it is based upon the writings of Hj. Ling (who was 
professor of educational gymnastics at the K. G. C. I. 
when the author took his first year's course there) 
and upon the teaching of the present faculty of the 
Royal Gym. Cent. Inst, of Stockholm, the only recog- 
nized authorities on this subject. 

THE AUTHOR. 

Posse Gymnasium, 23 Irvington St., 
Boston, Masg. 



FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES AND 
ADVICE TO THE TEACHER 



§ 1. Definition. The aim of educational 
gymnastics is to develop the body into a 
harmonious whole under the perfect control 
of the will. It is not to produce great bulk 
of muscle, but to cause that already present 
to respond readily to volition ; to improve 
the functional activity of the body ; and to 
counteract and correct tendencies to abnormal 
development, especially those resulting from 
" the artificial life of civilization.'' 

§ 2. A gymnastic movement has a definite 
space, time, velocity, force, and purpose ; and 
it must be executed with full volition in 
order to produce the utmost effect toward 
physical development. Movements per- 
formed automatically have but little effect 
in this direction. 

§3. Choice of Exercise. Movements 
11 



12 



School Gymnastics 



are chosen for physical and physiological 
effects — local or general ; so that only those 
exercises are used whose effects are needed, 
and those are excluded whose effects are 
doubtful or pernicious. No teacher should 
attempt to apply a movement which he does 
not fully understand. No exercise should be 
used because " it looks pretty.'' 

§ 4. The more an exercise has the " correc- 
tive " effect, indicated in § 1, the greater is 
its value. 

§ 5. The Dose. To be developing, gym- 
nastics must be systematic : Exercise should 
be taken in correct " doses " with regular 
intervals, and with a progression from the 
easy and simple to that which is harder and 
more complicated. 

§ 6. From half an hour a day to an hour 
should be allotted to gymnastics; and it is 
better to take the whole of this time for one 
lesson than to distribute it in ten-minute 
doses over the day. The last arrangement 
is suitable only for small children as a rest 



Fundamental Principles 13 



from study or recitation at the age (kinder- 
garten) where but little is to be expected 
from gymnastics, Nature herself taking care 
of the proper development of the body. 

§ 7. Progression is twofold : (a) from ex- 
ercise to exercise in the same lesson, and (b) 

from the movements of one lesson to those of 
another. 

§ 8. Progression (a). Experience having 
proved that if the exercises in every lesson 
followed each other in a certain order, better 
results could be gained, this order was made 
the basis for the classification of the gym- 
nastic movements, and the following groups 
were received : — 

1. Introductions. 

r 2. Arch-flexions. 

General. < 3. Heaving-movements. 

4. Balance-movements. 

C 5. Shoulder-blade-movements. 

Local. -{ 6. Abdominal exercises. 

1^ 7. Lateral trunk-movements. 

C 8. Slow leg-movements. 

General. < 9. Jumping and vaulting. 

1. 10. Respiratory exercises. 

each lesson containing one or more from each 
group in the order enumerated. This pre- 



14 



School Gymnastics 



supposes the use of apparatus for heaving- 
movements. In total absence of such 
apparatus, the following arrangement has 
been recommended as being more suitable. 

1. Introductions. 

(2. Lateral trunk-movement [T. rot.].) 

3. Substitute for heaving-movement (A. ext. 
or 2 A. ext.). 

4. Arch-flexion. 

5. Balance-movement. 

6. Shoulder-blade-movement. 

7. Abdominal exercise. 

8. Lateral trunk-movement (T. sidew. flex.). 

9. Jumping. 

10. Slow leg-movement. 

11. Respiratory exercise. 

This is the plan usually followed in the 
tables given in this manual. 

§ 9. Progression {b) is made by keep- 
ing the same exercise and making various 
changes in it, or by using a different and 
stronger exercise of the same kind. 

§ 10. For the same movement progression 
is made by : — 

1. Changing the rhythm ; for instance: "Pre- 
pare to jump — one! Two! Three ! Four J 



Fundamental Principles 15 

later becomes The same — one^two ! Three ! 
Four ! " or " One ! Two^three ! Four ! " etc. 

2. Combining several motions into series 
or increasing duration of movement. For in- 
stance : " Arms forward, sideways and back- 
ward stretch — one ! Two ! One ! Two ! One - 
Two ! " later becomes " Arms forward, side- 
ways and backward — stretch ! " etc. 

3. Decreasing the base. For instance, side- 
ways flexion of the trunk at first done with 
feet astride, is later done with feet together, 
one foot in advance of the other, etc. 

4. Increasing the lever of the weight, as 
when in arch-flexions we successively use 
wing, yard, rest, and stretch position of the 
arms, the weight being the same (the body 
above the hips). 

5. Increasing the weight or the muscular 
resistance. Examples of the former are the 
use of dumb-bells, chest-weights, etc. In 
childhood Nature provides this progression 
through growth; and art needs to add no 
external weights, especially as the use of 



16 



School Gymnastics 



these involves a twofold progression; viz., 
increase of the weight and of its lever. In- 
crease of muscular resistance can be accom- 
plished in slow movements by bringing the 
" antagonists into play. (For inst., slow 
2 A. ext. upw. with elbows drawn well back). 

6. Changing the velocity, making rapid 
movements slow, and slow movements rapid, 
in the first case producing " antagonistic " 
resistance, in the last increasing the momen- 
tum of the weight (quick T. flex, sidew. etc.). 

§ 11. Considering the muscular activity, 
movements should progress from excentric, 
to concentric, to statical activity. For in> 
stance, yd. d stoop st. 2 A. elev. is at first 
begun from Str. stoop st. pos. 

Excentric Contraction = Muscle contracts 
but grows longer : — gives up to the weight. 
For instance, rise on tip-toe and bend your 
knees : — the extensors are allowing the 
knees to flex. 

Concentric Contraction = Muscle shortens, 
overcomes the weight. For instance, rise 



Fundamental Principles 17 

from sitting position : — the extensors stretch 
the knees. 

Statical Activity = Muscle is in active con- 
traction, but grows neither longer nor shorter. 
For instance, bend the knees to 90° and stay 
in that position. 

No position should be used as commencing 
position for a movement, unless it has pre- 
viously been practised as final position of 
some other movement. 

§ 12. Any exercise may serve as its own 
progression when repeated at a later period ; 
for, each time the pupiFs ability must have 
grown, so that he can give the movement 
better form, and hence get greater effect from 
it. Perfection is seldom, if ever, reached. 

§ 13. Progression by taking a different 
movement involves the laws of leverage as 
applied to bodily movements. As these be- 
long in the domain of general kinesiology, 
we will merely indicate the manner of pro- 
cedure, without going into the details of it ; 
Measure the lever of the force (a) (the 



18 



School Gymnastics 



median of the muscles used), also the weight 
(W) and its lever (b) ; the muscular force 
(P) needed for equilibrium is then= ^ W. 
Applying this to different movements, these 
can be compared and arranged in order from 
lighter to stronger. 

§ 14. In gymnastics, always use the simple 
before the complicated, that which requires 
little co-ordination before that which involves 
the activity of a great many parts at once. 

§ 15. Progression should be made as rapid 
as possible, for the question is to accomplish 
the most in the shortest time. Yet never leave 
an exercise until the class can do it as well as 
their degrees of physical culture at the time 
will permit. Do not hurry for the sake of vari- 
ety and at the expense of developing effect. 

§ 16, Do not let G-ymnastics degener- 
ate into drill; but remember that move- 
ments are practised for their physiological 
effects, and not to learn the particular "trick'' 
of doing them. On the other hand, when 
faulty form of motion or posture is caused by 



Fundamental Principles 



19 



carelessness or indifference and not by physi- 
cal inability, then drill : repeat the move- 
ment until the pupil will do it correctly. 
Eemember that gymnastics should be a re- 
creation, and not a punishment — for as such 
they will be regarded by those who have for 
instructor a drill-master instead of a teacher 
of gymnastics. Too much " drill produces 
stiff movements — counteracts grace — and 
develops automatons instead of supple beings 
of flesh and blood, full of energy and life. 
When a child exercises because he is forced 
to do so, and not because he enjoys it, his 
movements lack volition, and lose some of 
their best effects. 

§ 17. Room. If the exercises are taken 
in the class-room, this should be kept well 
swept and dusted ; and the windows should 
be kept open during the exercises, whenever 
the temperature permits. When the corridors 
are large enough, these are to be preferred to 
the class-room for gymnastic purposes. (Some 
simple apparatus : horizontal bar or stall-bars 



20 School Gymnastics 



could easily be put up here, without spoiling 
the appearance of the corridor or encroaching 
much upon the space.) In the warm season 
a gravelled school-yard forms an excellent 
gymnasium. 

§ 18. Dress. No tight or heavy clothing 
is to be worn during the exercises ; turned- 
down collars (if any), loose jackets, and no sus- 
penders for boys ; blouse-waists (no corsets !) 
and light skirts for girls. Pupils who come 
to school in unsuitable atfcire should not be al- 
lowed to exercise, as injury may result from the 
wearing of tight clothing during gymnastics. 

§ 19. Commands. All exercises are exe- 
cuted to words of command, since this is the 
best means of securing full volition in the 
movements ; besides, it saves time and im- 
proves discipline and order. 

§ 20. Commands have two parts : — one 
preparatory describing the movement, one 
executory indicating the moment of its per- 
formance as well as its velocity. The prepara- 
tory command should be spoken slowly and 



Fundamental Principles 



21 



loudly so that all may fully understand it. 
A cautionary part may be prefixed warning 
against the most common faults of execution. 
The executory command is spoken quickly if 
the movement is to be rapid (indicated in the 
tables by acute accent), slowly if it is to be 
slow. Give a rising inflection in the first 
case, or when the motion is upward ; a falling 
inflection in the last case, or when the motion 
is downward. 

§ 21. Make all commands as short as pos- 
sible and use as few as possible. Do not 
read them off like a sermon, but have some 
variety of tone, and try never to say the same 
command twice alike. A monotonous voice 
has a very soporific effect, and after a while 
but few of the pupils will put any volition 
into the movements. Do not use commands 
for the sake of hearing your own voice. 

§ 22. Put your whole energy into your 
teaching, but do not become pedantic (see § 16 
about drill), as that has an effect similar 
to that of the somnolent voice. The life. 



22 



School Gymnastics 



spirit, and enthusiasm the teacher puts into 
his work soon become contagious, and the 
results gained will prove proportionate to his 
ability in this direction. 

§ 23. At first let the pause between pre- 
paratory and executory command correspond 
to the length of time required to get volition 
into the muscles that are going to be active. 
Later vary its length, so as never to allow the 
movements to become mechanical. In slow 
movements it is a good plan to give the pre- 
paratory command of the next movement 
before the first one has been fully completed, 
as this is a means of securing the best pre- 
cision. Do not shorten the pause or abbre- 
viate the commands so much as to cause the 
movements to occur in a slovenly manner or 
to become incomplete ; but remember the 
words of Gust. ISTyblaeus that you may take 
it for granted that careless gymnastics are 
no gymnastics, and that dull gymnastics are 
poor gymnastics.' ' 

§ 24. When attention " is ordered insist 



Fundamental Frinciples 23 

upon having attention ; and to secure the 
highest degree of this let it frequently alter- 
nate with rest stand at ease or " in place 
rest''). Do not command attention unless 
the class is standing " at ease^^ for too fre- 
quent a use of this command will make both 
teacher and pupils forget its real meaning. 

§ 25. Never make elaborate corrections 
while keeping the class in a difficult posi- 
tion ; for, while two or three individuals are 
being attended to, the rest of the class get 
tired and lose their good posture. Make 
the class stand at ease when the individual 
is being corrected, and then let the whole 
class repeat the movement. The manual cor- 
rection takes the least time, and has also the 
advantage of enabling the teacher to correct 
more than one at a time : — he can adjust the 
posture of one pupil while giving verbal cor- 
rections to another or to the class as a whole. 

§ 26. Good Language. Try to use good 
English when teaching. If the command for 
a position is bend,'^ the corresponding com- 



24 



School Gymnastics 



mand is stretch/' In a like manner use the 
words lift and sink, raise and lower, so that 
the opposites are used for opposite move- 
ments. Do not say " upward raise " and 
" downward sink,'' as raising is a movement 
upward, sinking a movement downward, etc. 
To those having an average knowledge of the 
requirements of good language these remarks 
may seem unnecessary. But such phrases have 
constantly been used in places where Swedish 
gymnastics are supposed to be taught, and 
not only that, but these errors have appeared 
in print as the correct forms of command. 

Another point to be observed is not to use 
very scientific terms when teaching children. 
Thus do not say Arm-elevation, heel-eleva- 
tion and inhalation — one ! Two ! " but " Arms 
sideways lift, heels lift and breathe in — one ! 
Sink and breathe out — two ; " etc. 

§ 27. Position. A gymnastic movement 
consists of a commencing position, a final 
position, and a chain of intermediate posi- 
tions ; and it is rendered exact when these are 



Fundamental Principles 25 



correctly executed. A correct movement can 
be executed only from a correct commencing 
position; and its final position, if correct, 
usually is a proof' of exactness of perform- 
ance. Hence the class should be kept long 
enough in each position for the teacher to 
judge of the effect and to make corrections 
accordingly. 

§ 28. Duration of Movement. Every 
movement should be repeated at least three 
consecutive times to each side before the 
class proceeds to another movement. To do 
a movement only once has but little effect. 
Do not give a movement too long duration 
(compare § 16), especially if it is powerful 
in its effects (like the arch-flexions, etc.). 
All movements should be executed in the 
simplest manner ; stiffness, jerks, or unneces- 
sary flourishes are foreign to rational gym- 
nastics. Take the positions in the shortest 
way, and make as little show " as possible. 
Remember that large, roundabout, and clumsy 
movements characterize those who lack phys- 
ical culture. 



26 



School Gymnastics 



§ 29. Positions are primary and derived. 
The primary are five : lying, sitting, kneel- 
ing, standing, and hanging. The derived 
positions are simple and complex ; the former 
being positions of the legs, arms, and trunk, 
the latter combinations of these. 

§ 80. Positions of the Legs. 

1. standing position or fundamental pos. 
(st. pos.) : Heels together or slightly apart ; 
feet at an angle of 90^ ; knees straight ; hips 
carried backward, chest forward and well 
expanded ; shoulders held back and down ; 
head erect with chin drawn in ; arms along 
the sides ; palms flat on the outside of the 
thighs and drawn slightly backward ; the 
weight of the body carried well forward. 
The position should be free from all stiiBfness. 
St. pos. is taken at the command '^Atten- 
tion ! " or, if the class is under attention, 
but has some other position, the command is 
Position ! " when fund. pos. is taken the 
shortest way. In abbreviations of complex 
positions " st.^' refers to all parts not men- 
tioned, and means that these are in fund. pos. 



Fundamental Principles 27 



2. J St. pos. (Fig. 3, 1) = one foot is raised 
from the ground. 

3. Close St. pos. (Fig. 1, 11) : — The feet 
are turned straight forward, their insides 



6^1 


























s 










/o 1 













Fig. 1. 



touching. Command: Feet — close "Posi- 
tion I [or ''Feet — ojpen ! ^' ] The balls of the 
feet are raised and not scraped on the ground. 

i line through heels 

4. Stride st. pos. (Fig. 1. 1 & 2) \ parallel with one 

( through shoulders. 

5. Walk a St. pos (Fig.l. 3) 1 „^ ^^^^ ,^ 

^* a c " \ " ^vaiice of the 

Feet twice their own length apart ; both knees 
straight ; weight carried equally by both legs. 



28 



School Gymnastics 



Commands f or 4 : — Left (r.) foot sideways 
— place or ''Feet sideways place — one! 
Two!'' 

For 7 : — " Feet — close ! Left (r.) foot for- 
loard (backw,) — place ! '' 

For 5, 6, 8 : — Left (r.) foot sideways for- 
ward (backw,), forward (backw.), crosswise 
forward (backw.) — place ! '' 

9. Toe support ) wlk. b. st. pos. = wlk. st. b. 

10. Heel " ) but distance between feet 
more than two foot-lengths ; backward heel 
or forward ball raised. 

Commands : — 9. " Left (r.) foot toe-sup- 
porting backward — place ! " 

Commands : — 10. " Left (r.) foot heel- 
supporting forward — place ! '' 

11. Fallout St. a. b. c. (Fig. 1, 7, 8 & 9) = one 
foot in advance of the other ; distance three 
foot-lengths; forward knee bent; backward 
knee straight ; body in a line with the back- 
ward leg, unless otherwise ordered. 

12. Fallout St. d. (Fig. 1. 10) = fallout St. b. 
except that the distance is more than three 



Fundamental Principles 



29 



foot-lengths and the backward heel is ele- 
vated ; trunk erect. 

Commands : for a : — " Left (r.) foot side- 
ways forward [backward ] — fall-out ! " 

Commands : for b : — " Left (r.) foot back- 
ward {forw,) — fall'^out ! 

Commands : fore; — ''Feet — cl6se! Left 
(r.) foot forw, (backw.) — fall-out ! " 

Commands: for d: — ''Left (r.) foot, toe 
supporting, large step backward — place ! 

13. Hor. (=Horizontal) J st, pes. = fallout st. 
b, but the backward leg is elevated to hori- 
zontal pos., the forward foot alone carrying 
the weight. 

Command : — " Horizontal half standing 
position, left (r.) leg backward — lift / 

14. Toe St. pos. = The heels are raised. 
Command: "Heels — lift/ (Sink/)'' 

15. Courtesy st. pos. (Fig. 2, heavy lines) 
= The heels are raised and the knees bent to 
right angles. 

Command : " Heels — lift ! Knees — bend ! 
(Knses — stretch I Heels — sink !) 



30 School Gymnastics 




Fig. 2. 



16. Courtesy sitt. pos. (Fig. 2, dotted lines) 
= The heels are raised and the knees bent to 
utmost flexion. 

Command : " Heels — 
lift! Knees — bend! Sit! 
{Knees — stretch ! etc.) 

17. Cr. ( = crook) a ^ 
St. pos. (Fig. 3, 2) = One 
leg raised forward, hip 
and knee bent at right 
angles ; toes pointing 
downward. 

Command : Left (r.) knee upward — 
bend ! " 

18. Cr. h. i St. pos. 
(Fig. 3, 3) = One leg 
raised forward to hori- 
zontal pos. ; 
straight and instep 
stretched. 

Command : from Cr. 
a ^ St. pos. " Knee 
forward — stretch ! " 




Fig. 3. 



Fundamental Principles 31 



19. Cr, h i courtesy sitt. pos. = From cour- 
tesy sitt. pos. one leg is raised to horizontal 
pos. 

Command: from courtesy sitt. pos. ''Left 
(r.) leg forw, — stretch from Reach cr. h \ 
St. pos. " (To sitting position) Eight (I.) knee 
— hendf' 

20. Kn. ( = knee) st. pos. (Fig. 4). Com- 
mand: "Kneel!'' or "Heels — lift! To 
sitting^ knees — bend ! Kneel I " = Heels to- 
gether; balls of feet on the floor; knees 
apart on the floor ; hips 
stretched ; body erect. 

21. i Kn. St. pos. (Fig. 
4j dotted lines) = One 
leg as in kn. st. ; the 
other foot on the floor ; 
leg vertical ; thigh hori- 
zontal. 

Command : " On the'_ 

left — kneel ! or " Half 

^ Fig. 4. 

knee standing on the left 

knee — place ! The leg named moves back 




32 



School Gymnastics 



as in fallout st. d pos. and this knee is 
gently placed on the floor. 



- — there by another 



§ 31. Movements of the Legs: 
1. Foot placing, sideways or in any other 
direction. 

Command: ''Left (r.) foot forward (sidew. 
etc.) — place ! Change feet — one ! Two I or 
'' Foot placing forward {sidew. ^ etc.), left and 
right — one ! . . . Four ! (or Start !) etc. 

Whenever the feet are moved, they should 
be lifted, not scraped on the ground. To 
make a neat motion, raise the heel first, then 
push off with the ball of the foot ; press the 
foot down without unnecessary noise. 



22. Footgrasp i 





foot is inserted for- 
ward in some firm 
apparatus (stall- 
bars) or placed on 
a chair and held 



Fig 5. 



pupil. 



Fundamental Princi'ples, 33 

2. 2 Heel elev. Command : " Heels — lift ! 
Sink!'' or " Heel-elev, — one ! Two!'' The' 
first movement is rapid, the second slow. Do 
not come down heavily on the heels. 

3. Alt. toe elev. Command : " Alternate toe- 
elevation (or toe-lifting) — one ! Two ! , , , (or 
Start ! Stop !) " As the ball of one foot is 
raised the other is lowered. 

4. Alt. toe and heel elev. Command : " Al- 
ternate toe and heel elevation (or lifting) — 
one! Two! (or Start! Stop!)" l = Eaise 
heels. 2 = Lower heels and raise balls of 
feet. 

5. 2 Kn. flex. ( = double knee flexion). 
Command, see § 30, 15 and 16. Knees are 
turned in direction of feet ; trunk and head 
erect. In courtesy st. pos. heels are held 
together ; in courtesy sitt. they are apart. 

6. Ii. ( = leg) elev. sidew. (Fig. 6) backw. 
(Fig. 3, 1), etc. Command : " Left (r.) leg 
sideways (backw,, etc.) — lift! Change feet — 
one ! Two ! " The weight being moved over 
to the carrying leg, the other is slowly 



34 



School Gymnastics 



raised without disturbing the general equilib- 
rium. To stand on one foot, sway hips over 
to that side, but do not 
bend the trunk. 

7. Kn. abd. and L. abd. 
From cr. a ov h ^ st. pos. 
Command: " Knee'(ov 
Leg-) abduction — one ! 
\ Two ! " or " Knee {Leg) 
sideways move — one ! 
Two ! 

- 8. P. flex, and ext. 

From cr. a ^ st. pos. 

Command: "Foot flexion and extension (or 
foot-hending and stretching) — one ! Two I 
1 = Toes point upward. 2 = Toes point down- 
ward. 

9. 2 L. swim. Command: (Lying, forw. ly., 
or hang.) ''Leg — sioivi — one^two ! Three I 
1. With heels together, hips and knees are 
bent to utmost flexion. 2. The legs are 
stretched apart. 3. The straight legs are 
brought together. 




Fundamental Principles 



35 



10. Pacings. Command : Left (r.) — face ! 
Turn on the left (r.) heel 90° to the left (r.) 
and support the motion with the ball of the 
right (1.) foot ; then place the right (1.) foot in 
fundam. pos. beside the left (t*.) one. 

To turn 45"^ command : " Left (r.) oblique — 
face I 

To turn 180° command: ''About {right 
about) — face ! These are executed on 
similar principles. 

11. Marching. Command : " Class, for- 
ward {backw,) — march ! " Begin by left 
foot; steps about two foot-lengths; 114 to 
116 steps a minute; arms oscillate (from 
elbows) in rhythm with feet ; knee and instep 
stretched when foot strikes ground. 

''Mark time — march ! marching in one 
place, feet slightly lifted to simulate steps. 

" Short steps — march I " Long steps — 
march ! Ordinary — mdrch ! On tiptoe — 
march ! etc., are self-explanatory. 

"Double-quick — mdrch ! = running ; about 
165 steps a minute ; chest well forward, head 



36 School Gymnastics 



back ; elbows bent ; forearms horizontal, mov- 
ing rhythmically forward and backward; 
running most elastic when done on tiptoe; 
breathe through the nose. To resume ordinary 
march command : " Common time — march I " 
Class — halt ! " One (four if running) 
more step is taken, and the backward foot is 
brought down beside the forward one. If 
marching on tiptoe, halt on tiptoe, then lower 
the heels. For other commands see Eeed's 
" Infantry Tactics." 

§ 32. Positions of the Arms. 



^ ' waist, fingers in 

Fig. 7. ^ , 1 , 

front, thumbs be- 
hind ; palms resting on hips ; elbows slightly 



1. Fundamental 




^ pes. (see § 30. 1) 



s 



Fundamental Principles 37 

backward. Do not strike the waist with the 
hands. 

3. Restpos. (Fig. 7. 2). Command: Neck 
— firm!^^ Hands locked behind neck ; elbows 
drawn well back. Round-shouldered persons 
may be allowed to let the tips of the fingers 
touch instead of as above. 

4. Bend pos. (Fig. 7. 3). Command : " Arms 
upward — hend I " Forearms are slowly bent 
until hands, with bent wrists and fingers, are 
in front of shoulders ; elbows kept down, not 
drawn back. Never jerk the arms up. 

5. Str. pos. (Fig. 7.4). Command: Arms 
upward stretch — one ! Two " 1 = Bend pos. 
2 = Arms stretched to vertical pos., palms 
turned toward each other and shoulder-width 
apart. Other commands are : " Arm extension 
upward — one I Two ! , , . (or Start ! Stop /) " 
" Arms forward upward — lift ! " " Arms up- 
ward — fling ! or Armflinging upward — one I 
Two ! etc. 

6. Reach pos. (Fig. 8. 1). ''Arms forward 
stretch — one ! Two I (or " Arms forward — 



38 



School Gymnastics 



lift I l = Bend pos. 2 = Arms stretched 
forward to horizontal pos., palms turned 
toward each other and shoulder-width apart. 



down and in a line with forearms, not touch- 
ing the chest or each other. 

8. Yd. b pos. (Fig. 8. 3). Command : 
" Arms half forward — bend I Elbows bent 
to 90°, and on a level with shoulders ; arms 
directed sideways ; forearms forward ; palms 
turned toward each other. 

9. Yd. c pos. (Fig. 7. 5). Command : 
Arms sideways — lift I (or stretch) — one I 

Two ! ^' Arms horizontal, directed sideways ; 
elbows and wrists stretched, palms turned 
down. 

10. Yd. d pos. Command from Yd. c, 




Fig. 8. 



7. Yd. ( = yard) a, pos, 
(Fig. 8. 2). Command : 
''Arms forward— bend I 
Elbows, bent to utmost 
flexion and drawn well 
back, are on a level with 
shoulders ; hands, palms 



Fundamental Principles 39 

''Hands — turn!^^ The palms are turned 
up. 

11. Yd. e pos. (Fig. 7. 6). Command from 
Yd. d '' To right angles arms — bend I or 
from Yd. b " Arms upward — fling ! Arms 
horizontal ; elbows bent to 90° ; forearms 
vertical ; palms turned toward each other. 

12. \ str. ; \ yd. etc., mean that only one 
arm takes the position named. In \ str. yd., 
\ str. reach, etc., each arm has a different 
position. 

§ 33. Movements of the Arms. 

1. 2 A. ext. (double arm extension), where 
both arms are stretched simultaneously up- 
ward, or sideways, etc. Command : '' Arms 
upward (sidew,, forward) stretch — one I 
Two!'' (See § 32, 5, etc.) Flexion should 
always be slow, extension usually rapid. 

A, ext. : one arm at a time is stretched, 
or one stretches while the other bends. 
For instance, \ str. pos. = " Left (r.) arm up- 
ward stretch — one ! Two ! '' '' Change arms 
— one I Two! '' 1 = Bend pos. 2 — One arm 
extends upward, the other downward. 



40 



School Gymnastics 



2. 2 A. elev. sidew., or sidew. upw., etc. 

Command : " Arms sideways — lift ! Sink I 
or " Arm elevation sideways — one ! Two I " 
The arms move the shortest way into the 
position indicated. 

3. 2 A. fling. Command from Yd. a (h) 
pos. " Arm-flinging sideways (upward) — 
one! Two!'' l = Yd. c (Yd. e) pos. 2 = 
commencing pos. 

Alt, A, fling. For instance, St. alt. A. 
fling, upw. ( = A. fling to \ str. pos.). Com- 
mand : Alternate arm-flinging upward — one ! 
Two ! " (or " Left (r.) arm upward — fling ! 
Change arms — one ! Two ! 1 = One arm 
moves quickly forward upward into ^ str. 
pos. 2 = This arm returns to fund. pos. while 
the other takes ^ str. pos. 

3. 2 A. rot. (-rotation). See § 32. 10. 

4. 2 A. circ. ( = circumduction). Command 
from Yd. c: ''Arm circumduction (or Arm 
circling) — start ! stop ! '' The arms are 
moved in small circles upward backward, 
downward forward, shoulders and chest par- 
taking of the movement. 



Fundamental Pri7iciples 41 

5. 2 A. swim. Command : Arm swim — 
one^two ! Three / 1 = Yd. a pos., except 
that the fingers touch, the palms facing 
slightly outward. 2 = The arms are stretched 
horizontally forward, the hands touching 
and facing as before. 3 = The straight arms 
are moved into Yd. c pos., the palms turning 
backward. 



§ 34. Positions of the Trunk. 
1. Fund. pos. See § 30. 1 (Fig. 7). 




Fig. 9. Fig. lo. 

2. Arch pos. (Fig. 9). Command : " Trunk 
backward — bend I ( Upward — stretch I ) 



42 



School Qymnastics 



The whole spine is arched backward. Be 
careful not to bend merely at the waist^ and 
let the head take part in the movement. 

3. Fall pes. (Fig. 5 and 13). Command = 
preceding : Trunk is inclined backward, with- 
out the spine being arched. 




Fig. 11. Fig. 12. 



4. Stoop pos. (Fig. 10, heavy lines). Com- 
mand : Trunk forward — hend I {Upward — 
stretch !) " The trunk is inclined forward 
(flexion at hips), chest expanded, head in a 
line with the body. 



Fundamental Principles 43 



6. Turn pos. (Fig. 11). Command : Trunk 
to the left (r.) — turn I " The trunk is rotated 
to the side named. 

6. Rev. ( = reverse) turn pos. If one foot is 
in advance of the other, turn pos. occurs by 
rotation to the side of the advanced foot, rev. 
turn pos. by rotation to the opposite side. 

7. Stoop fall. ( = falling) pos. (Fig. 14). 
Command : " Stoop falling — one I Two ! " 

1. Courtesy sitt. pos. and hands turned 
obliquely inward on floor in front of feet. 

2. Feet thrown back, so that body from head 
to heels becomes a straight line ; heels raised. 
(Chairs may be used.) 

8. Hor. ( = horizontal) stoop fall. pos. = 
stoop fall., but feet are on a level with shoul- 
ders (on a bench or other support). 

9. Incl. (inclined) stoop fall. = preceding, 
but feet are higher than shoulders. 

10. Rev. stoop fall. pos. = standing on the 
hands, feet against a wall (or other support), 
or free in the air. 

11. Side fall. pos. Command : " Side fall- 



44 School Gymnastics 

ing on the left (r.) hand — one! Two! 
Three ! " 1 and 2 = stoop fall. pos. 3 = body 




Fig. 13. 

turned to face sideways, the left (r.) hand on 
the ground, the other in wg. pos. ; body from 
head to heels a straight line. 

12. Ly. ( = lying) pos. = lying on the back. 

13. Forw. ly. pos. = lying face down (on 
the floor ; across a bench, chair, etc.). 

§ 35. Movements of the Trunk. 

1. Backw. flex. See § 34, 2 and 3. 

2. Forw. flex. See § 34, 4. 

3. Forw. downw. flex. (Fig. 10, dotted lines). 



Fundamental Principles 



45 



Command from str. st. pos. : " Trunk forward, 
downward — bend ! The flexion occurs as far 
down as possible with maintenance of straight 
knees, the back and arms in a straight line. 
(Beginners may be allowed to curve their 
backs.) " Upward — stretch ! " From str. 



stoop St. pos., command : Downward — 
hend ! and " Forward — stretch ! 

4. Sidew. flex. (Fig. 12). Command: 
" Trunk to the left (r.) hend ! The spine is 
arched sideways. Upward — stretch ! " 

5. Rotation. See § 34^ 5 and 6. 

§ 36. Movements of the Head. 
1. Baokw. (forw. sidew.) flex. Command : 




Fig. 14. 



46 



School Gymnastics 



" Head backward {forward ; to the left (r.)) — 
hend ! Upward — stretch ! Slowly bend 
the head as far backward (forw. etc.) as good 
posture will allow; when raising it, start 
movement by drawing in the chin. 

2. Rotation. Command : " Head to the 
left (r.) — turn ! " " Forward — turn ! The 
movement occurs slowly. These movements 
secure good posture of the head, and hence 
affect also that of the chest. The last move- 
ment can be done quickly, as in balance 
movements. Command : " Head rotation, left 
and right — One I Two ! . . , Forward, 
turn ! " 

§ 37. Hanging Positions. 

1. Over gr. (== grasp) = hands grasp, palms 
turned outward. 

2. Under gr. = hands grasp the farther side 
of the bar, palms turned inward. 

3. Double gr. = hands grasp one from each 
side. 

4. Bend hang. = arms are bent. 



Fundamental Principles 47 



5. Pall hang. (Fig. 15) = feet forward on the 
floor, body inclined backward. 




Fig. 15. 



6 . Arch. hang. = feet backward on the floor, 
body arched backward. 

7. Cr. I j[ I hang. = leg in cr. | ^ | pos. (com- 
pare § 32, 17). 

8. 2 Cr. hang. = legs in cr. | ^ | pos. 
(compare § 30, 18). 

9. Hor. hang. = hanging from hand(s) and 
knee(s). (^ Kn. hang. = 2 hands and 1 knee.) 

10. Bal. (= balance) hang. (Fig. 16) = arms 
in fundamental pos., supporting the weight; 
body arched from head to heels. 

11. Cr. bal. hang. = bal. hang, leg in cr. 
pos. 



48 School Gymnastics 

12. 2 Cr. I I bal. hang. = bal. hang. ; legs 
in cr. pos. 




Fig. 16. 



13. Sidew. hang. = hands in a line verti- 
cally, arms straight, body horizontal and fa- 
cing sideways. 

14. Stoop hang. = hanging head down. 

§ 38. Introductions are exercises used at 
the beginning of a lesson, to secure correct 
base and equilibrium, and to improve atten- 
tion and general muscular control. They 
may be leg-movements, movements for order 



Fundamental Principles 



49 



and rhythm (facing, etc.), simple respiratory 
exercises, etc., preferably movements which 
have been used before, and which hence re- 
quire but little effort. 

§ 39. Arch-flexions are backward flexions 
of the trunk, used to cultivate the extensi- 
bility of expiratory muscles (supple the chest). 
Incidentally they also straighten the dorsal 
region of the spine, and enlarge the inferior 
portion of the chest. Arch-flexions may pro- 
duce a back-ache, to counteract which they 
should always be followed by a forw. or forw. 
downw. flex, (determining a greater flow of 
blood through the legs). 

Free-standing arch-flexions are : — 



wg. 
yd. 

i str. wg. 

rest. 

str. 



^ ^ . 

r-H CO M 40 



M M P c/3 ^ 



VT. backw. 
flex. 



bend arch, 
bend arch, 
bend arch, 
yd. a arch. 



2 A. ext. sidew. 
alt. A. ext. upw. 
2 A. ext. upw. 
2 A. fling. 



School Gymnastics 



yd. c. arch wlk. b st. 2 A. fling, and ch. o. F. 
yd. c. arch, turn wlk. a st. 2 A. fling, and ch. o. F. 
bend arch st. alt. A. ext. upw. and F. placing 
forw. 



st. 2 A. elev. forw. upw., F. plac. forw. & 
backw. flex. 



§ 40. Heaving-movements are exercises 
cultivating the contractility of inspiratory 
muscles. They develop the upper portion 
of the chest. True heaving-movements are 
done on apparatus; free-standing substitutes 
are: — 




str. arch. 



turn. wlk. a st. 1 2 A. ext., and 
wlk. b st. J change of feet. 



Fundamental Principles 



1=5 
3 



11^- 
?^ ?^ 

m ui w 
<rh ct- ct- 



w Cj rji 



CD 



O 

CO 
CD 



CD 



ct> 



ci- t-b ^„ 
P2 ^2 P P 

•-^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 



CD 



to 
I—' r 



:S3 



— -~Y 

o d 



52 



School Gymnastics 



Heaving-movements with desks as appara- 
tus are : — 

) bands rest against 
Stoop fall. } flex f^^^ ^^^es of the 
) desks, each side. 

Bal.ha.g.{P-^^^_ 
(pos. 

Fall hang. ^ 2 A. flex. 

( alt. L. elev. 

Bend fall hang. alt. L. elev. 

(pos. 

Bal. cr. hang. alt. Kn. ext. 

( 2 Kn. ext. 

§ 41. Balance movements are leg-move- 
ments, involving the activity of those mus- 
cles which secure good equilibrium. They 
have that in common with slow leg-move- 
ments, that they lessen arterial tension ; and 
they can be used as slow leg-movements, or 
as introductions, when they have been prac- 
tised so long as to cease to produce effort 
toward equilibrium. Balance movements 
are: — 



Fundamental Principles 



63 



wg. 

yd. 

rest 
str. 



2 heel elev. 



close St. 
stride st. 
^ wlk. a, 6, d 
St. alt. toe elev. 
St. alt. toe and heel elev. 
close toe st. slow march. 



wg. 

yd. 

str. 
rest 



St. 

stride st. 
wlk. h, a, d, £ 

St. 

stride st. 
toe st. 

toe stride st. 



2 Kn. flex, to courtesy 
St. pos. 

2 Kn. flex, to courtesy 
sitt. pos. 



wg. 

yd. 



toe St. 
fst. 



courtesy < 



sitt. 

stride st. 
stride sitt. 



H. rot. 



courtesy st. 
courtesy stride st. 
courtesy sitt. 
courtesy stride sitt. 

Bend toe st. 2 A. ext. 



2 A. ext. sidew. 
yd. a 2 A. fling. 
-1- str. yd. 2 A. ext. 
2 A. ext. upw. 
yd. d 2 A. elev. 

f sidew. 1 



' \ upw. \ with 2 Kn. flex, 
yd. d toe stride st. 2 A. elev. J 

wg. fallout st. a, 6, c, pos. 
wg. fallout St. &. L. elev. backw. 



54 



School Gymnastics 



also 
toe St. 



wg. 
yd. 

rest 
str. 



st. L. elev. backw. 

cr. a ^ st. pos. 

cr. a \ st. F. flex, and ext. 

cr. a ^ st. Kn. ext. backw. 

cr. a \ st. Kn. ext. forw. 

cr. a i st. Kn. abd. 



wg., rest, str. yd. st. L. elev. sidew. 



Eeach cr. h ^ st. Kn. flex. 



wg. 

yd. 

i str. \ hor. 
rest, 
str. 



i St. \ 



{ pos. 

1^ Kn. flex. 



A majority of these can also be used as 
slow leg-movements. Special slow leg-move- 
ments are : — 

wg. fallout st. a, c, heel elev. 

Heel support wlk. b st. T. forw. flex. 

Toe support wlk b. st. Kn. flex. 

§ 42. Shoulder-blade movements are 

exercises that liberate" the arms and 
shoulder-blades from the thorax and head, 
securing "isolation'^ of position and co-ordi- 
nation of motion in the muscles of this re- 
gion. Incidentally they poise the shoulders 
correctly, and broaden the back. Such move- 
ments are : — 



Fundamental Principles 55 



H. rot. 

yd. a 2 A. fling, 
yd. c 2 A. rot. 
yd. c 2 A. circ. 

yd. c 2 A. fling forw. 

2 A. ext. sidew. and 

backw. 
2 A. swim. 



alt. A. ext. upw. 
■1- str. yd. pos. 
-1- str. reach pos. 
i yd. reach pos. 



2 A. ext, 



(bend 
^P^-lstr. 



2A.flingnpw.jf4^ 



2 A. elev.|yd. 
2 A. ext. slowly, etc. j^^^^;^^ 

yd. b. 2 A. flg., yd. e st. 2 A. abd. 

Commencing positions for these movements 
are: — 

St. 

stoop ' 



'St. 

stride st. 
close st. 
forw. ly. 

Wg. 1 St. 

str. 1^ forw. ly. 
rest J fallout st. 



fallout st. a, b, c, d, 
turn fallout st. a. 



hor. 4 st. 



T. forw. flex. 



§ 43. Abdominal Exercises are movements 
bringing into play the muscles of the abdo- 
men, securing good digestion and support for 
the viscera. Such movements without appa- 
ratus are : — 



CO 

<rt- 
O 
O 



H. rot. foot placing forw. 

and backw. 
alt L. elev. rest ) ^ 

2 A. flex. str. | .5' ^ 

2 A. flex, and L. elev. 



CTQ 



alt. L. elev. 
2 L. elev. 
2 L. swim. 
2 L. abd. 



^ alt. A. elev., alt. A. and L. elev. 



56 



School Gymnastics 



o 9 

.Pt o 

CO OJ 4^ fiJ 

-<j <j 4i ^ <} 

(M 13 (M <M 



Wg. 



;i; f Kn.st. 

istr. wg.J . su- 
rest I f 

V ; 



T. backw. flex. 



§ 44. Lateral trunk movements are 

rotations and sideways flexions of the trunk, 
having for chief effect to accelerate the cir- 
culation through the large vessels of the abdo- 
men and thorax. They also expand the chest 
laterally and vertically, produce elevation of 
the viscera, and strengthen the waist-muscles 
Lateral trunk movements without apparatus 
are : — 



Fundamental Principles 67 



wg. 

yd. 

rest 
str. 



close St. 

St. 

stride st. 

wlk. a St. (also rev. rot.) 
wlk. h St. 

wlk. c st. (also rev. rot.) 
fallout St. a (also rev. rot.) 

J^' X stride st. quick T. rot. 



T. rot. 
(slowly). 



str. ) 



fpos. 



^ str. rev. turn J change of arms and feet zig- 



fallout St. a I 



zag, forward or backward. 
[ change of arms, with rot. 



wg. 

^ str. wg. 
rest 




close St. 

stride st. 

St. 

close St. 
wlk. h St. 
wlk. c st. 

stride st. 
wlk. h st. 
wlk. a st. 

St. 

close St. 



turn< 



fallout St. b. 



rev. turn fallout st. a. 



T. sidew. flex, 
(slowly). 



I stride st. quick T. sidew. flex. 

j.id.f.ii{p-„ 



58 School Gymnastics 



§ 45. Jumping and vaulting exercises 
cultivate the general elasticity of the body, 
develop speed, courage, and presence of mind, 
and produce that general co-ordination of 
movement which should characterize those 
who possess physical culture. The ^4and- 
ing forms the most valuable part of these 
movements, while height or distance jumped 
are of secondary importance. Correct land- 
ing takes place as follows : the knees are 
slightly bent when the balls of the feet (with 
heels together) strike the ground, then rapidly 
flex until the fall is broken, the arms being 
used so as to keep the trunk erect. Landing 
should never occur on the heels, and thes® 
must be kept together except for small 
heights, when they may with impunity be 
kept apart. While vaulting necessitates ap- 
paratus, jumping can be done without it. 

These exercises should always be followed 
by respiratory exercises, and sometimes by 
marching or other slow leg-movements. 

Suitable movements are : — 



Fundamental Principles 



59 



once, 
twice, 

or 
more 
times 



Prep, to jump, 

upw. 

forw. 

sidew. 

backw. 

90° turn upw. 
180° turn upw. 
360° turn upw. 
2 A. fling upw. 
2 A. and L. fling upw. 



jump, at first 
to counts, 
V later to the 
command, 
" Start r' 



r forw. 

One, two, or three J backw. 

steps' start 1 sidew. forw. 

[90° turn, forw. 

wg. wlk. a, b, or toe st. change 
of feet 

change from toe st. to stride 
toe St. 



>]ump. 



by jumping. 



wg. stride toe st. upw. jump, feet striking 
together and landing in stride pos. 

wg. ) toe st. ) quick jump forw. with nearly 



yd. j toe \ St. j 



straight knees. 



wg. courtesy sitt. jump I 

sidew. 

etc. 

With desks and chairs : — 

Jump from chair (from one or both feet). 
Vault chairs straight forward or sideways, 
the hands placed on two or one desk. 

etc. 



60 



School Gymnastics 



(For vaulting exercises see " Swedish Sys- 
tem of Educational Gymnastics/^ by the same 
author.) 

§ 46. Respiratory exercises consist of 
the respiratory movements, accompanied by 
movements of the arms to increase the expan- 
sion of the chest through the inspiratory mus- 
cles, the arm movement to follow the rhythm 
of normal respiration. The commencing posi- 
tion and the movement decide the localization 
of the effect. Eespiratory exercises are always 
used at the end of a lesson " to prepare for 
rest/' and at any time during the lesson when 
previous exercises have abnormally quickened 
the heart-beat and the respiration. 

Movements of this class are : — 



St. 

r close St. 

^^^^ ^ stride st. 

wlk. a J c, st. 
fallout st. a, c, d. 
turn fallout st. a. 



2 A. ext. sidew. 
2 A. fling (from. yd. 
a). 

2 A. elev. sidew. 
2 A. ext. to yd. d. 
2 A. elev. from yd. d, 
2 A. elev. forw. upw. 
2 A. elev. sidew. upw. 
2 A. circ. (yd. c). 



Fundamental Principles 



61 



yd. a St. 2 A. fling, and F. placing forw. 
yd. a walking 2 A. fling. 

close St. ) 

St. y2 A. elev. with T. rot. 

stride st. ) 

( 2 A. fling (yd. a), 
yd. arch st. -< 2 A. circ. (yd. c). 

( 2 A. fling, and F. pi. forw. 

yd. c arch wlk. h st. 2 A. circ. 

st. 2 A. elev. sidew. 1 

It '2^1* elet' forw. upw. ^ heel elev. 

St. 2 A. elev. sidew. upw. J 

St. 2 A. elev. sidew. ) -i i o i 

yd. d St. 2 A. elev. | ^^th 2 kn. flex. 

yd. d courtesy sitt. 2 A. elev. 

yd. d toe st. 2 A. elev. ) -^1.01 

St. 2 A. elev. sidew. upw. | ^ kn. flex. 



ONE HUNDRED PROGEESSIVE 
TABLES OF EXERCISES. 



Each table is intended to be used daily for 
a week at a time. The transition from one 
to the next one is best done by adopting one 
new exercise at a time, and not by substitut- 
ing one whole table for another. Each exer- 
cise should be executed three (or more) times 
to each side, and should appear in at least 
two consecutive lessons in order to have any 
effect toward physical development. 

The tables are arranged so that the exer- 
cises can be taken in the hall, corridor, or 
school-room. They contain some movements 
with desks and chairs as apparatus ; parallel 
with these, " free " exercises have been put 
in as substitutes, so that all the conditions of 
a school may be suited. Exercises such as 
kneeling, stoopfalling, etc., are to be intro- 
duced only when the condition of the floor is 
such as not to ruin the children's clothing ; 
under other circumstances they should be 
omitted. 



School Gymnastics, 63 



I. 

1. Fund. pos. (§ 30, 1). " Attention ! Stand — at ^ase ! " 

2. Close St. pos. (§ 30, 3). "Feet — close! Feet — open! 
The same — (5ne ! Tw6!" 

3. Wg. St. pos. (§ 32, 2). " Hips — firm ! Position ! " 

4. Bend st. pos. (§ 32,4). "Arms upward — bend ! 
Downward — stretch ! " 

5. Wg. St. T. backw. flex. (§ 34, 2, 4). "Hips — firm! 
Slightly, trunk backward — bend ! Upward — stretch ! . . . 
Forward —bend (look at the ceiling) ! Upward— stretoii ! " . . . 

6. Wg. St. 2 Heel-elev. (§ 31, 2). " (Hips — firm!) 
Heels — lift! Sink! The same — one! Tjvo! . . . Position!" 

^ 7. Yd. a St. pos. (§32, 7). "Arms forward — bend ! 
Position ! " . . . 

8. Pacing 45" (§ 31,10). "Right (L.) oblique — face I** 
or " Right (L.) oblique face — one ! Two ! " 

9. Wg. close St. T. rot. (§ 34, 5). " Feet — close ! Hips 
— firm ! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn ! Forward — turn ! " 

10. Wg. close St. 2 Heel-elev. (§ 31, 2). "(Hips — 
firm! Feet — close!) Heels — lift! Sink! The same — one! 
Two! . . . Position! " 

11. St. 2 A. ext. Sidew. (§ 32, 9). If in the schoolroom, 

command first, "Right (L.) oblique — fhce V then, "Arms side- 
ways stretch — one ! Two! The same — one! Two I . . . Down- 
ward stretch — one 1 Tw6 I " 



64 



School Gymnastics 



II. %.^2V. 

1. Wg. stride st. pos. (§ 30, 4). **Hip«— firm! Feet 

sideways place — (5ne! Two! Feet together place — dne! 
Two!" (For little folks the movement may be changed into 
"Feet apart — one! Feet together— tw6! The same — <5ne! 
Two! " the movement occurring by jumping.) 

2. Wg. St. H. flex, backw. (§ 36, 1). "(Hips firm!) 
Head backward — bend! Upward — stretch I The same — 
bend! Stretch! Position!" 

3. St. 2 A. ext. upw. (§ 33, 1). "Arms upward stretch 

— one! Tw6! The same — one! Tw6! . . . Downward 
stretch— one! Two!" 

4. Wg. St. T. backw. flex. (§35,2). "Hips — firm! 
Trunk backward — bend ! Upward — stretch ! . . . Forward 

— bend! Upward — stretch! " . . . 

5. Wg. St. 2 Kn.flex. (§30, 15). "(Hips— firm!) Heels 

— lift! Knees — bend! Knees — stretch ! Heels— sink! The 
same — one! . . . Four!" 

6. Yd. a St. 2 A. fling (§§ 32, 7, and 33, 3). " Arms for. 
ward — bend! Arm — flinging sideways — one ! Two! One! 
Two ! . . . Position ! " (If between desks and chairs, com- 
mand first: " Left (r.) ofe^igwe — f ace ! " And after the move- 
ment : " Right (Z.) oblique — face ! ") 

7. Facing 90' (§ 31, 10). " Right (/.) — fdce! " 

8. Marching in place (§ 31, 11). "Hips — Arm! Mark 
time — march! . . . Halt!" 

9. Wg. stride st. T. sidew. flex. (§ 35, 4). " (Hips — 
firm!) Feet sideways place — 6ne ! Two! Trunk to the left 

— bend! Upward — stretch ! To the right — bend! Upward 

— stretch! "... 

10. Feet Closing rhythmically (§30, 2). "(Hips — 
firm!) Feet close and open — one! Two! One! Two! . . . 
Position! " 

11. St. 2 A. ext. sidew. (§ 33, 1). "Arms sideways 
stretch — one! Two! The same (breathe out) — one ! (Breathe 
in) Two! . . . Arms downward stretch — one! Two!" In 
the schoolroom command first : " Right il.) oblique — fsice ! *' 



School Gymnastics 



66 



III. 

1. Wg. St. H. flex, backw. See II., 2. 

2. Wg. Wlk. b St. pos. (§ 30, 6). "(Hips — firm!) Left 
(r.) foot forward — pUce ! Change feet— one! Twol The 
same — <Jae! Two! . . . Position!" 

3. St. 2 A. ext. forw. (§ 33, l). Arms forward stretch 

— one! Twd! The same — one! Tw6! . . . Sideways stretch 

— one ! Tw6 ! Position ! " (The arms move the shortest way 
into fund, pos.) 

4. Wg. Stride st. T. backw. flex. (§ 34, 2). Hips — 
firm! Feet sideways place — one! Tw6! Trunk backward 
— bend! Upward — stretch ! . . . Forward— bend! Upward 

— stretch ! . . . Position — (3ne ! Twd ! " (The arms take 
fund. pos. as the last foot moves.) 

5. Wg. St. 2 Kn. flex. See II., 6. 

6. J str. St. pos. (§ 33, 1). Left (r.) arm upward stretch 

— one! Tw6! Change arms — one! Two!" (l=bendst. 
pos., 2 = right arm up, left arm down.) . , . ** Position ! " 

7. Facing 180' (§31,9). ''About (Right about) — face!" 

8. Side step. One step to the right (1.) — march! " In 
the schoolroom command first : *' Right (1.) — face! " 

9. Wgr. St. T. rot. (§ 35, 5). " Hips — firm! Trunk to the 
left (r.) — turn! Forward — turn! To the right (1.) — turn! 
Forward — turn! " . . . 

10. Wg. Wlk. h St. 2 Heel-elev. (§ 31, 2). " (Hips — 
firm !) Left (r.) foot forward — place ! Heels — lift ! " (The 
weight equally on both feet, not on the forward foot alone. ) 
"Sink! . . . Change feet — 6ne! Tw<5! Heels — lift! Sink! 
. . . Position! " 

11. Yd. a St. 2 A. flg. (§ 33, 3). " Arms forward — bend \ 
Arm flinging (breathe in) — 6ne ! (Breathe out) two ! . . . 
Position!" In the schoolroom command first: "Right (1.) 



66 School Gymnastics 



lY. 

1. Wg. St. H. rot. (§ 36, 2). *• Hips — firm! Head to the 

left (r.) — turn! Forward — turn ! To the right (1.) — turn! 
Forward ~ turn ! " . . . 

2. Wg. Wlk. a St. pos. (§ 30, 5). ** (Hips — firm!) Left 
(r. ) foot sideways forward — place ! Change feet — 6ne ! Two ! 
The same — one! Tw6! . . . Position!" 

In the schoolroom command: ''Right (1.) oblique — face! 
Hips — firm ! Left (r. ) foot sideways forward — place ! Change 

— one! Two! "... At " Two!" the same foot takes wlk. a 
pos. ''Position! Left (r.)-face! Hips — firm! Right (1.) 
foot sideways forward — place ! " etc. 

3. St. 2 A. ext. backw. (§ 33, l). "Arms backward 
stretch — one! Two! The same — one! Tw6! . . . Position!" 

4. Wg. stride st. T. backw. flex. See III., 4. 

5. Wg. wlk. b St. 2 Kn. flex. (§ 30, 15). " Hips —firm! 
Left (r.) foot forward— place! Heels — lift! Knees — bend! 
Knees — stretch ! Heels — sink! The same — 6ne! . . . Four! 
. . . Change feet — one! Two! Heels — lift! Knees — 
bend ! " etc. 

6. St. alt. A. fig. upw. (§33,3). " Left (r.) arm upward — 
fling! " (The arm moves straight forw. upw.) " Change arms 

— one! Tw(5!" . . . (One arm moves forw. upw., while the 
other moves forw. downw.) " Position! " 

7. Marching in place (§ 31, 10). " Mark time — march ! 
. . . Halt!" 

8. Wg. St. T. Sidew. flex. (§ 35, 4). "Hips — firm! 
Trunk to the left (r.) — bend! Upward — stretch 1 To the 
right (1.) — bend! Upward — stretch ! " . . . 

9. Wg. St. prep, to jump (§ 31, 5). " (Hips — firm!) 
Prepare to jump — one! Two! Thr^e! Four! The same — 
one! . . . Four! . . . Position!" 

10. Yd. a St. 2 A. fig. See III., 11. 



School Gymnastics 67 



Y. 

1. Wg. St. H. rot. See IV., 1. 

2. Wg. Wlk. c St. pos. (§30, 7). " (Hips— firm!) Feet 

— cldse ! Left (r.) foot forward — place ! Change feet — <5ne ! 
Tw(5! The same — one ! Two! . . . Position!" 

3. St. 2 A. ext. sidew., upw., or forw. (§ 33, 1). In 

the schoolroom command first: "Right (1.) ofeZigtte — face ! '* 
Then '* Arms sideways (upw., forw.) stretch — one! Twd!" 
. . . Vary the direction often enough to prevent the move- 
ment from becoming automatic. 

4. Wg. wlk. h St. T.backw. flex. (§ 35, 2). " Hips — 
firm! Left (r.) foot forward — place ! Trunk backward — 
bend I Upward — stretch ! . . . Forward — bend ! Upward 

— stretch! . . . Change feet — one! Tw<5! Trunk backward 

— bend! " etc. 

5. Wff. St. L. elev. backW. (§ 31, 6). " (Hips — firm!) 
Left (r.) leg backward — lift ! (Head high; do not bend the 
body forward.) Change feet — one! Two! . . , Foot down 

— place! " 

6. Wg. stoop stride st. H. rot. (§36,2). "(Hips — 
firm !) Feet sideways place — one ! Two ! Trunk forward — 
bend! Head turning (or head rotation) left and right quickly 

— 6ne! Tw(5! . . , Head forward — turn! Trunk upward — 
stretch! Position — 6ne! Two!" 

7. March step forw. and backw. " One step for- 
ward—march! One step backward — march! " . . . 

8. Wg. Stride st. T. rot. (§ .35, 5). " Hips — firm ! Feet 
sideways place — one ! Twd! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn ! 
Forward — turn ! To the right (1.) — turn! Forward — 
turn! "... 

9. Wg. St. prep, to jump. See IV., 9. 

10. Wg. wlk. c St. 2 Heel-elev. (§ 31, 2). "(Hips- 
firm!) Feet — close! Left (r.) foot forward — place! Heels 

— lift! Sink! The same — one! Two! . . . Change feet — 
one ! Two ! Heels — lift ! " etc. (The weight should be 
equally on both feet.) 

11. St. 2 A. elev. sidew. (§ 33, 2). In the schoolroom 
command first: "Right (1.) oblique — face!" Then, "Arms 
sideways — lift ! Sink! The same, breathe in — one ! Breathe 
out — two!" . . , 



68 



School Gymnastics 



YI. 

1. Wg. St. H. sidew. flex. (§ 86, 1). "Hips — firm! 
Head to the left (r.) —bend! Upward — stretch ! To the right 
(1.) — bend! Upward — stretch!" . . . 

2. W^. wlk. d St. pos. (§ 30, 8). For small children 
substitute III., IV., V., 2. For others command: "(Hips — 
firm!) Left (r/) foot crosswise forward —place ! Change 
feet — (5ne! Two! The same — one! Two!" ... If in the 
schoolroom, the command will be : " Right (1.) oblique — face ! 
Hips — firm! Kight (1,) foot crosswise forward — place! 
Change — one! Two!" . . . (l = fund. pos.; 2 = wlk. d st., 
with the same foot.) ''Position! Left (r.) — face! Hips — 
firm! Left (r.) foot crosswise forward — place! Change — 
one! Two! "... 

3. Bend st. alt. A. ext. upw. (§ 33, l). " Arms upward 

— bend ! Alternate arm-stretching (or extension) upward, left 
first — one! Tw6!" . . . While one arm bends, the other 
other stretches. Position ! " 

4. Wg. Wlk. h St. T. backw. flex. See V., 4. 

6. Wg. courtesy st. H. rot. (§ 30, 15). "(Hips firm!) 
Heels — lift ! Knees — bend ! Head-turning (or rotation), left 
and right quickly — one! Tw<51 . . . Klneea — stretch I Heels 

— sink! Position!" 

6. Yd. c St. 2 A. rot. (§ 32, 10). *« Arras sideways — lift 
Hand turning — one! Tw6!" . . . (1 = yd. d; 2 = yd. c. 
*• Position! " 

7. Wg. close toe st. slow march (§ 31, lO). "Hips 

— firm! Feet — close! Heels — lift! Slowly forward marc)i 
—one! Two! One! Two! . . . Position !" — In the school- 
room let the pupils first take a few steps backward in the 
aisles, so as to get sufficient space. After marching as far as 
space admits, let them face the rear and repeat the movement. 

8. Wg. close St. T. sidew. flex. (§ 35, 4). "Hips — 
firm! Feet — close! Trunk to the left (r.) — bend! Upward 

— stretch ! To the right (1.) — bend ! Upward — stretch I . . . 
Position! " 

9. Prep, to jump (§ 30, 15). "Prepare to jump — 6ne! 
Two! Three! Four! The s;ime — one, two ! Three! Four!" 
. . . The arms should hang vertical behind the thighs as the 
knees bend. Change the rhythm each time, so as to secure 
utmost volition. 

10. Wg. Stride st. 2 Heel-elev. (§ 31, 2). "Hips — 
firm! Feet sideways place- one! Tw(5! Heels — lift! Sink! 
The same — one! Two! . . . Position — one! Two!" 

11. St. 2 A. elev. sidew. See V., 11. 



School Gymnastics 



69 



TIL 

1. Pacings (§ Si, lo). 

2. Yd. c stride st. poe. (§ 82, 9; 30, 4). To avoid coUis- 

ion in the schoolroom command : ** From aisle to aisle, count 

— twds ! Even aisles, a short step backward — march ! " Then, 
Feet sideways place and arms sideways stretch — one ! 

Twd!" (l = left foot moves and arms bend; 2 = right foot 
moves and arras stretch.) " Position — one ! Two ! " ( = pre- 
vious movement). Or, for little folks command : " Feet apart 
and arms out — one ! Back again — tw6 ! " (Compare II. , 1. ) 

3. Bend st. alt. A. ext. forw. (§ 32,6). '' Arms upward 

— bend ! Alternate arm-extension {or stretching) forward, 
left — <5ne! Tw6! . . . Position!" Or, "Arms upward — 
bend! Left arm forward — stretch ! Change arms — one 1 
Tw61" . . . 

4. Wg. close St. T. backw. flex. (§ 34, 2). "Feet-- 
cldse! Hips — firm! Trunk backward — bend! Upward — 
stretch! . . . Forward — bend ! Upward — stretch ! . . . Posi- 
tion ! " 

6. Wg. Stride st. 2 Kn. flex. (§ 31, 5). " Hips - firm! 
Feet sideways place — one ! Two ! Heels — lift ! Knees — 
bend! Knees — stretch! Heels — sink! The same — one! 
Two ! Three I Four ! . . . Position ! " 

6. Yd. d St. 2 A. elev. (§ 32, 10 and 5). In the school- 
room, first: *' Right (1.) oblique — face! " Then, Arms side- 
ways stretch — one! Two! Hands— turn! Arms — lift! 
Sink! (Or arm elevation —- one ! Two!) . . . The same — 
one! Two! . . . Position! Ij^ti {r.) oblique — face!" 

7. Wg". close toe st. slow march. See VI., 7. 

8. Wg". wlk. a St. T. rot. (§ 34, 5). In the schoolroom : 
"Right (1.) o6Z»^t^ — face! Hips— firm! Left (r.) foot side- 
ways forward — place! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn! For- 
ward—turn! . . . Position! Left (r.)— face! Hips — firm! 
Right (1.) foot sideways forward — place! Trunk to the right 
(1.) turn! Forward — turn! " . . , 

9. Upw. jump (§ 45). "Upward jump — <5ne! Two! 
Three! Four! Five! The same — one! . . . Five! . . . 1 = 
toest. pos. ; 2 = courtesy st, pos. ; 3 = jump and land; 4 = toe 
St. pos.; 5 = fund. pos. 

10. Wg. St. alt. toe elev. (§ 31, 3). Hips — firm! 
Alternate toe-Ufting (or elevation), begin with the left foot — 
6ne! Two! One! Two! . . . Position!" 

11. Bend st. 2 A. ext. to yd. d (§ 32, 10). In the school- 
room, first: "Right (1.) oblique — face Then, "Arms up- 
ward bend! Arm-stretching (or extension) sideways, palms 
up (breathe in) — one ! (Breathe out) two ! The same — one ! 
Two ! . . . Position ! " (The extension to occur rather slowly.) 

Begin and end the lesson by a H. flex, backw. 



70 School Gymnastics 



yiii. 

1. step forw. and backw. (§ 31, 11). " One step for- 
ward — march ! One step backward — march ! " Later, One 
step forward with the left foot and backward with the right 

— march! (or one-two! Three-four!)" 

2. Yd. c wlk. a St. pos. (§ 32, 9; 30, 6). In the school- 
room: "Right (1.) oblique — face \ Left (r.) foot sideways 
forward place, and arms sideways stretch — one! Two!" 
(The foot moves into wlk. a pos. at " Tw6! ") ''Arm-stretch- 
ing (or extension), foot-placing — one ! Tw6!" (1 = bend st. 
pos. ; 2 = yd. c wlk. a pos. with the same foot) ..." Position! 
Left (r.) — face! " etc. 

In the hall or gymnasium: " Left (r.) foot sideways forward 
place, and arms sideways stretch — one! Tw6\ Arm-stretch- 
ing (or extension), change feet — one! Two!" (l=:bend st. 
pos.; 2 = yd. c wlk. a to the other side.) . . . "Position! " 

3. Bend St. alt. A. ext. sldew. (§32,4, 9). "Arms up- 
ward — bend! Alternate arm-stretching (or extension) side- 
ways, begin with the left— one! Two! . . . Position!" 
(One arm bends while the other stretches.) 

4. Wg. close St. T. backw. flex. See VII., 4. 

5. Wg. cr.a i st.pos. (§30, 17). "Hips — firm! Left(r.) 
knee upward — bend! Change feet — one! Two! . . . Posi- 
tion!" (At first let the change occur rather quickly; later 
retain cr. ^ st. pos. for a while before changing.) 

6. St. 2 A. elev. forw., upw. (§ 32, 6, 6). " Arms for- 
ward upward— lift! Sideways downward — sink! The same 

— one! Two!" . . . (11= the arms rise through reach pos. into 
str. pos.; 2 = through yd. c into fund, pos., the hands turning 
gradually, not suddenly.) 

7. Wg. close toe st. slow march backw. (§ 31, 11). 
** Hips — firm! Feet — close! Heels — lift! Slowly backward 
march — one! Two! . . . Position!" 

8. Close St. T. sidew. flex. (§ 35, 4). "Feet — clcJse! 
Trunk to the left (r.)— bend! Upward — stretch ! To the 
right (1.) — bend! Upward — stretch ! . . . Position!" (Let 
the arms glide along the sides.) 

9. Upw. jump. See VII., 9. 

10. Wg". St. alt. 2 toe and heel-elev. (§ 31 , 4) . " Hips 

— firm! Alternate toe and heel lifting (or elevation) — one! 
Two! . . . Position! " (For a day or two let the pupils take 
support by resting their hands on the desks or against th^ 
walls.) 

11. St. 2 A. ext. to Yd. dJ. SeeVn.,11. 
Begin and end the lesson by a H. flex, backw. 



School Gymnastics 71 



IX. 

1. Side step. In the schoolroom, first: "Right (1.) — 
face! " Then, "One step to the left (r.) — march! One step 
to the right (1.) — march! etc. 

2. Yd. c wlk. h St. pos. (§ 32, 9; 30, 6). " Left (r.) foot 
forward place and arms sideways stretch — one ! Tw6! Arm 
stretching (or extension), change feet — one! Two! . . . 
Position ! " (1 = bend st. pos. ; 2 = yd. c wlk. h st. pos.) 

3. i str. yd. c st. pos. (§ 32, 12). " Left (r.) arm upward, 
right (1.) arm sideways stretch — one! Tw<51 Change arms 

— one! Two! The same — one! Tw6! . , . Position!" (1 
= bend st. pos. \2 — \ str. yd. st. pos.) 

4. Wg. wlk. c St. T. backw. flex. (§ 34, 2). " Hips — 
firm! Feet — close! Left (r.) foot forward — place! Trunk 
backward — bend ! Upward — stretch! , . . Forward — bend! 
Upward — stretch! . . . Change feet — one! Two! Trunk 
backward — bend! " etc. 

6. W^. Stride courtesy st. H. rot. (§ 31, 5). " Hips 

— firm! Feet sideways place — one! Two! Heels — lift! 
Knees — bend! Head turning (or rotation) left and right — 
(5ne! Two! . . . Head forward — turn ! Knees — stretch ! 
Heels — sink ! Position ! " 

6. St. 2 A. ext. to yd. d (§ 33, 1). In the schoolroom : 
"Right (1.) oblique — fa.ce\ Then, "Arm-stretching (or 
extension) sideways, palms up — one! Two! One! Two! 
. . . Position! " 

7. Wg". St. alt. Kn. upw. flex. (§ 30, 17). "Hips — 
firm ! With knee upward bending (or flexion) in place march 

— 6ne! Two! One! Tw6! . . . Position!" 

8. Wg. wlk. b St. T. rot. (§ 35, 6). " Hips — firm! Left 
(r.) foot forward — place ! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn ! For- 
ward — turn! . . . Change feet — one! Two! To the right 
(1.) — turn ! " etc. (Rotate to the side of the advanced foot.) 

9. Wg. toe St. stride jump (§ 45). "Hips— firm! 
Heels — lift! Stride jump — dne! Tw6\ ... (or start! 
Stop!) Position!" 1 = wg. stride toe st. pos. ; 2= wg. toe 
St. pos. The knees bend slightly as the feet strike the ground. 

10. Wg. Wlk. d St. 2 Heel-elev. (§31, 2). "Hips — 
firm ! Left (r. ) foot crosswise forward — place ! Heels — lift ! 
Sink ! The same — 6ne ! Two ! " etc. In the schoolroom com- 
mand first : " Left (r.) oblique — face ! " 

For little folks substitute VII., 10. 

11. Yd. d St. 2 A. elev. (§ 33, 2). In the schoolroom, first : 
** Right (l.) oblique — face \" Then, "Arms sideways — lift \ 
Hands — turn! Arms- lift! Sink! The same (breathe in) 

— one! (Breathe out) two! "... 

Begin and end the lesson by H. flex, sidew, ended by H. 
flex, backw. 



72 School Gymnastics 



X. 

1. Facings (§ 31, 10). 

2. Yd. c wlk. c St. pos. (§ 30, 7 ; 32, 9). ** Feet — cl68e! 

Left (r.) foot forward place, and arms sideways stretch — one! 
Two! Arm-stretching (or extension), change feet — one! 
Two! The same — one! Tw(5! . . . Position!" (l = bend 
close St. pos.; 2 = yd. c wlk. c st. pos.) 

3. I str. reach st. pos. (§ 32, 12). " Left (r.) arm up- 
ward, right (1.) arm forward stretch — one! Tw(5! Change 
arms — one ! Tw6 ! The same — one ! Twd ! . . . Position ! " 

4. Wg. wlk. c St. T. backw. flex. See IX., 4. 

6. Wg. St. 2 Kn. flex, to courtesy sitt. pos. (§ 31,6). 

" Hips — firm ! Heels — lift ! Knees — bend ! Sit ! ( = courtesy 
sitt. pos. ) Knees — stretch ! Heels — sink ! The same — 6ne ! 
All the way down — two ! Three ! Four ! . . . Position ! " 

6. Bend st. alt. A. ext. to yd. d (§ 32,4, 10). «'Arms 
upward — bend! Alternate arm-stretching , (or extension) 
sideways, palm up (left first)— one! Two! One! Two! . . . 
Position ! " (one arm bends while the other stretches). 

7. Wg. toe St. alt. Kn. upw. flex. (§ 30, 17). " Hips — 
firm! Heels — lift! With knee upward bending (or flexion) 
in place — mdrch! Halt! " (Halt on tip-toe, then lower the 
heels, " one, two, three !) Position! " The pupils are allowed 
to move slightly forward while marching. 

8. Wg. Wlk. h St. T. sidew. flex. (§ 35, 4). Hips — firm ! 
Left (r.) foot forward — pl^ce ! Trunk to the left (r.)bend! 
Upward — stretch! . . . Change feet — one! Tw(5! To the 
right (1.) — bend! Upward — stretch ! . . . Position!" (Bend 
to the side of the advanced foot.) 

9. Wg. toe St. Stride jump. See IX., 9, alternate with 

vn.,9. 

10. Wg. St. feet close and open (§30,3). "Hips — 
firm! Feet close and open — one! Two! One! Tw6! . . . 
{later, Start! Stop!) Position!" 

11. Yd. d St. 2 A. elev. See IX., 11, alternate with III. 
11. 

Begin and end the lesson by H. rot. followed by H. backw. 
flex. 



School Gymnastics 



73 



XI. 

1. St. H. flex.backw. (§36). "Head backward — bend! 
Upward — Stretch ! " . . . 

2. Prep, to jump (§31.5). Prepare to jump — dne! 
Two! Three! Four! The same — one! . . . Four!" . . . 

3. St.2 A. ext.sidew. and upw. (§ 33.1). " Arms side- 
ways and upward stretch — one! Two! Three! Fdur! The 
same— one! . . . Four!" . . . 

If in tke class-room, command first: ''Right oblique — 
face ! " 

4. Wg. turn wlk. a st. arch laex. (§ 39). [If in the 

schoolroom first: "Right (1.) oblique — face ! " Then:] 
"Hips — firm! Left (r.) foot sideways forward — place! 
Trunk to the left (r.) — turn! Backward — bend! Upward — 
stretch! . . . Forward — bend! Upward — stretch ! . . . Change 
feet — one! Two!" [In the schoolroom: "Fosition! Left 
(r.) — face! Hips — firm Right (1.) foot sideways forward — 
place!"] "Trunk to the right (1.) —turn! Backward — 
bend! " etc. 

5. Wg. cr. a >^ St. P. flex. (§31.8). "Hips — firm! Left 
(r.) knee upward — bend! Foot flexion (or bending; or toes 
up) — one! (Down) Two! The same — dne ! Two! . . . 
Change feet — one! Two! Foot flexion — one! Two! . . . 
Position ! " 

6. St. 2 A. swim. (§ 33.5). "Arm swim — one! Two! 
Three! The same — one! Two! Three!" . . . After a day 
or two: "The same — one! Two'~^three! . . . Still later: 
" The same — one'^two! Three!" . . . 

7. Wg-. St. tiptoe march forw. and backw. (§ 31.11). 
"Hips — firm! Heels — lift! Slowly forward march — one! 
Two! . . . The same backward — one! Two!" . . . 

8. Wg. Wlk. est. T. rot. (§35.5). "Feet — close! Hips — 
firm! Left foot forward — place! Trunk to the left — turn! 
Forward — turn! . . . Change feet— one! Two! Trunk to 
the right — turn ! " etc. 

9. Forw. jump (§45). Forward jump — dne! Two! 
Three! Four! live! The same — one! . . . Five!"(l = 
heels lift. 2 = knees bend. 3 = jump forward from both feet, 
the arms swinging forward straight from the shoulder and 
resuming fund. pos. at landing. 4 = knees stretch. 5 = heels 
sink. The arms assist in moving the body forward at jumping 
and in steadying it at landing.) 

10. Yd. c St. 2 Heel elev. (§ 31.2). If in the schoolroom, 
first: "Right (1.) oblique — face!" Then: "Arms sideways 
stretch — one! Two! Heels — lift! Sink! The same— due! 
Two! "... 

11. St. 2 A. elev. forw. upw. (§46). "Arms forward 
upward — lift ! " (The straight arms move through reach pos. 
into str. pos.) "Sideways downward — sink!" (The arms 
are lowered through yd. c pos. into fund, pos., the hands turn- 
ing gradually, not suddenly.) "The same, breathe in — dne! 
Breathe out — two! The same — one! Two!" . . . 

End the lesson by St. H. flex, backw. 



74 



School Gymnastics 




XII. 



1. Wg. St. H. sidew. flex. (§ 36). " Hips — firm ! Head 
to the left (r.) — bend ! Upward — stretch ! To the right (1.) 
bend! Upward— stretch! " . . . 

2. 90° facing and side step. " Left (r.) face, one step 
to the left (r.) — march! Right (1.) face, one step to the right 
(1.) — march! " In the class-room this command should be 
preceded by: Right (l.)~ face! " 

3. Yd. c wlk. d St. pos. (§ 30.8). Left (r.) foot crosswise 
forward place and arms side ways stretch — one ! Two ! Arm- 
extension (or stretching), change feet — one ! Two ! The 
same— one! Two!" . . . (1 = bend st. pos. 2 = yd. c wlk. d 
St. pos.) For modification in the schoolroom compare VI. 2. 

For little folks substitute : 

Wg. to^ St. H. rot. "Hips — firm! Heels — lift! Head 
turning feft and right — one! Two! . . . Head forward — 
turn! Heels — sink! Position!" 

4. 3^ yd. reach St. pos. (§ 32.12). " Left (r.) arm forward, 
right (1.) arm sideways stretch — one! Two! Change arms — 
one! Two! "... (Keep the shoulders in a line.) 

5. Wg. turn wlk. a st. arch flex. See XI. 4. 

6. Wg". courtesy sitt. H. rot. (§36.2). "Hips — firm! 
Heels — lift! To sitting, kneeS — bend! Head rotation (or 
head turning) left and' right — due! Two!" . . . Head for- 
ward — turn! Knees — stretch I Heels — sink! Position!" 

7. St. 2 A. ext. sidew. and hackw. (§ .33.1). *' Arms 
sideways and backward stretch — one ! Two ! Three ! Fdur ! 
The same — one! . . . Four! . . . Position!" In class-room 
first : " Right oblique — face ! " 

8. Quick mark time (§ 31.11). "Mark time — march! 
On tiptoe, double quick — march ! " (The feet are lifted 
enough to mark each step, without kicking backward.) *• Class 

— halt!" (Halt on tiptoe, then lower the heels = *'6ne! 
Two! Three!) . . . 

9. Wg. Wlk. c St. T. sidew. flex. (§35.4). '«Hips — 
firm ! Feet — close ! Left (r.) foot forward — place ! " (§ 32.7). 
*' Trunk to the left (r.) — bend ! Upward — stretch! To the 
left (r.) — bend! Upward — stretch! . . . Change feet — dne! 
Two ! To the right (1.) — bend ! Upward — stretch ! " . . . 

10. 90° Upw. jump (§ 45). " Turning ninety degrees to 
the left (r.), upward jump — dne! Two! Three! Fdur! Five! 
The same to the right (1.) — dne! . . . Five!" The turning 
occurs between 3 and 4, i. e., just before landing. 

11. Yd. c stride St. 2 Heel elev. (§31.2). " Feet sideways 
place and arms sideways stretch — one! Twd! " (See VII. 2.) 
*' Heels — lift! Sink! The same — dne! Two! . . . Position 

— dne! Twd!" 

12. St. 2 A. elev. forw. upw. See XI. 11. 
End the lesson by St. H. flex, backw. 



•4 



School Gymnastics 75 
XIII. 



1. 90° facing and front step. Left (r.) face, one step 
forward — march ! Right (1. ) face, one step forward — march ! " 
In the schoolroom, precede each of these commands by 
" Right (1.) face ! " so that the step is taken in direction of the 
aisle. 

2. Str. stride st. pos. (§ 30.4). " Feet sideways place and 
arms upward stretch — one! Two! Position — one! Tw(5! " 

3. St. 2 A. ext. forw. and backw. (§ 33.1). *' Arms 
forward and backward stretch — pne ! Two ! Three ! Four I 
The same — one! Two! Three! Four!" . . . 

4. Wg. Turn stride st. arch flex- (§ 39). Hips — 
firm! Feet sideways place — one! Two! Trunk to the left 
(r.) — turn! Backward — bend! Upward — stretch! Back- 
ward — bend ! Upward — stretch ! Forward — bend ! Up- 
ward — stretch! ... To the right (1.) turn! Backward — 
bend! " etc. . . . 

5. Wg. cr. a % St. Kn. ext. backw. (fig. 3., 2 & 1). 
"Hips — firm! Left (r.) knee upward — bend! Knee back- 
ward — stretch ! Upward — bend ! Backward — stretch ! Up- 
ward — bend! Change feet — one! Two! Knee backward — 
stretch ! " etc. 

6. Yd. c stoop stride st. H. rot. (§42). ** Feet side- 
ways place and arms sideways stretch — one ! Tw(5 " (To get 
enough space in the schoolroom, arrange the class as in VI. 
2.) " Trunk forward — bend ! Head rotation {or turning), left 
and right — (5ne ! Two ! One ! Two . . . Head forward — 
turn ! Trunk upward — stretch ! Position — 6ne ! Two ! " 

7. See XII. 8. 

8. Wg. wlk. a St. rev. T. rot. (§ 34.6). Hips — firm ! " 
Left (r.) foot sideways forward — place ! Trunk to the right 
(1.) — turn! Forward — turn! . . . Change feet — one! Tw6! 
To the left (r.) — turn ! Forward — turn ! " . . . For suflacient 
floor space, compare IV. 2. 

9. Wg. courtesy sitt. forw. jump. "Hips — firm! 
Heels — lift! Knees— bend! Sit! Forward jump — one! 
Two! One! Two! . . . Position!" The movement occurs 
by a slight extension of the ankle, and it should be very 
elastic. The distance covered by each jump should be short. 

10. Yd. c close St. 2. Heel elev. (§ 31.2). Arms side- 
ways stretch — (3ne ! Two ! Feet — close ! Heels — lift ! 
Sink ! The same — 6ne ! Two ! . . . Position ! 

11. St. 2 A. elev. sidew. upw. (§ 46). Arms sideways 
upward — lift (breathe in)! Sideways downward — sink 
(breathe out) ! The same — one! Two! " . . . The hands turn 
gradually while the arms move. 

Begin and end by St. H. flex, backw. 



76 



School Gymnastics 



xiy. 

1. Prep. tojump.(§ 31.5). " Prepare to jump — <5ne! Tw(5! 

Thr^e! Four! The same — one-^two! Thr^e! Four! The 
same one! Two'^Three! Four!" 

2. Str. wlk. a st. pos. (§ 32.5). [In the class-room first : 
"Right (1.) oblique — face! " Then], " Left (r.) foot side- 
ways forward place and arms upward stretch — one I Tw6 ! " 
(l=bend st. pos. 2 = Str. wlk. a st. pos.) Arm extension 
change feet — one! Two! The same — one! Tw6\. . . Posi- 
tion! " [In the schoolroom : Arm stretching and foot plac- 
ing — one! Two!" 2 = the same foot moves. Compare 
Vfll. 2.] 

3. St. 2 A. ext. forw. and upw. (§ 33.1). Arms for- 
ward and upward stretch — one! Two! Three! Fdur! The 
same— one! Two! Three! Four! . . . Position!" 

4. Wg. turn stride st. arch flex. See XIII, 4. 

5. Wg". stride courtesy sitt. pos. (§ 30.16). " Hips — 
firm! Feet sideways place — one ! Two! Heels — lift! To 
sitting, knees — bend! Knees— stretch ! Heels — sink! The 
same — one! Two! Three! Four!" . . . 

6. St. 2 A. fig. upw. (§ 42). " Arm-flinging forward up- 
ward—one! Two! The same — 6ne! Two!" . . . (1 = the 
arms are swung quickly through reach into str. pos. 2 = the 
arms are moved slowly forward downward. Do not push the 
abdomen and head forward when the arms rise. 

7. Wg. St. quick alt. kn. flex. upw. (§ 30.17). " With 
alternate knee-hfting (or upward flexion), in place double quick 

— march! Halt!" The knees should be raised as high as pos- 
sible, without disturbing the good posture of the thorax and 
head. — To be followed by St. 2 A. elev. sidew. with respira- 
tion (see v., 11). 

8. Wg. turn stride St. T. sidew. flex. (§ 35.4) . " Hips 
firm! Feet sideways place — one! Tw6! Trunk to the left 
(r.) — turn. To the left (r.) — bend ! Upward — stretch ! ... To 
the right (1.) turn! To the right (1.) — bend! Upward — 
stretch! . . . Forward — turn ! Position — one ! Two!" 

9. Wg. toe St. forw. jump. ''Hips- firm! Heels — 
lift! Forward jump — one! Two! One! Two! . . . Posi- 
tion! " The movement occurs by a succession of quick exten- 
sions of the ankles, each jump being very short. The body 
should be kept well erect and the knees straight. 

10. Yd. St. alt toe elev. (§31.3). Arms sideways stretch 

— one! Two!" (In the schoolroom first: "Right (1.) ob- 
lique — face!") Alternate toe elevation (or lifting — one! 
Two! 6ne!— Tw6! . . . Position!" 

11. St. 2 A. elev. sidew. upw. See XIII. 11. 
Begin and end by St. H. flex, backw. 



School Gymnastics 77 



XY. 

1. 180* and front step. ** About face, one step forward 

— march ! Right about face, one step forward — march ! " 

2. Str. Wlk. h St. pos. (§ 30, 6; 32, 5). " Left (r.) foot 
forward place and arms upward stretch — one! Tw(5! Arm- 
extension (stretching), change feet — one! Two! The same 

— one! Two! "... 1 = Bend st. pos. 2 = Str. wlk. h st. pos. 

3. St. 2 A. ext. backw. and upw. (§ 33, l). " Arms 
backward and upward stretch — one! Tw6! Three! F6ur! 
The same— one! Two! Three! Foiir!"... 

4. Wg. turn St. arch fiex. (§ 34, 2 and 5). « Hips — 
firm ! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn ! Backward — bend ! Up- 
ward — stretch ! . . . Forward -- bend ! Upward — stretch ! 
... To the right (1.) — turn ! " etc. 

5. Wg. Stride courtesy sitt. H. rot. (§ 30, 16; 36, 2). 
" Hips — firm ! Feet sideways — place ! Heels — lift I Knees — 
bend! Sit I Head rotation {or turning), left and right — onef 
Two ! . . . Forward — turn ! Knees — stretch I Heels 1 — sink ! 
Position 1 " 

6. Yd. a stoop St. 2 A. fling". (§ 33, 3 ; 34, 2). Arms for- 
ward — bend! Trunk forward — bend! Arm-flinging (side- 
ways) — one ! Two ! One ! Two ! . . . Trunk upward — stretch ! 
Position ! " If in the class-room precede by : *' Right (1.) ob- 
lique — face! " 

7. Marching (as in previous tables, or according to infan- 
try tactics if space permits). 

8. Wg. Wlk. c St. rev. T. rot. (§ 34, 6). Hips — firm ! 
Feet — close! I^eft (r.) foot forward — place! Trunk to the 
right (1.) — turn! Forward — turn! . . . Change feet — dne! 
Two ! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn ! " etc., the rotation taking 
place to the side of the backward foot. 

9. Wg. toe St. forw. jump. V Hips — firm! Heels — 
lift! Forward jump — one ! Twd! One! Two!" . . . Com- 
pare XIV. 9. Alternate with VII. 9 and XI. 9. 

10. Yd. wlk.ast. 2Heelelev.(§31, 2). Left (r.) foot 
sideways forward place and arms sideways stretch — one ! 
Two!" (See VIII. 2.) "Heels — lift! Sink! The same — 
dne! Two! . . . Arm extension (or stretching), change feet 

— one! Twd! Heels— lift! Sink!"... 

11. Yd. c St. 2 A. circ. (§33,4). If in the class-room, 
first : " Right (1.) oblique — f^ce ! " Then, " Arms sideways — 
lift! Arm circumduction (or circling) — start! . . . Stop! " 
Inhalation should occur while the arms move upward back- 
ward, exhalation while they move downward forward. The 
elevation of the chest should be distinct, the movement of 
the arms quite slight. 

Begin and end the lesson by H. flex, backw. 



78 



School Gymnastics 



XYI. 

1. 180° and side step, " About face, one step to the 
left (r.) — march S About face, one step to the right (1.) — 
march!" ... In the schoolroom, precede by: " Right (1.) — 

2. 'str. Wlk. c St. pos. (§ 30, 7; 32,5). *' Feet — close ! 
Left (r.) foot forward place and arms upward stretch — one! 
Tw(5! Arm extension (or stretching), change feet — one! 
Two ! The same — one ! Two ! . . . Position ! ! " 

3. St. continuous 2 A. ext. sidew. (§33, 1). "Arm 
extension (or stretching), sideways— start ! Stop ! Position ! " 
(velocity about 55 movemelits a minute.) 

4. Wg". turn St. arch jSex. See XV. 4. Alternate with 
III. 4. 

5. Wg. St. Li. elev. sidew. (§31, 6). "Hips — firm! 
Left (r.) leg sideways —lift! Change feet — one! Two! 
The same — one! Two!" . . . Keep the shoulders level and 
the chest well elevated. 

6. Yd. c stoop stride st. 2 A. circ. (§ 33, 4). ''Feet 
sideways place and arms sideways stretch — (5ne! Two!" 
(See Vil. 2.) ''Trunk forward — bend! Arm circumduction 
(or circling) — one! Two! One! Two!" . .. 1 = arms move 
upw. backw. 2= arms move downw. forw. "Trunk upward 
stretch! Position — one! Tw(5!" 

7. Marching" according to previous tables. 

8. Wg. turn wlk. a st. T. sidew. flex. (§ 35, 4 and 6). 
(In the schoolroom, first: "Right (1.) oblique — face!"). 
" Left (r.) foot sideways forward place and hips — firm ! " (As 
the foot strikes the ground the hands grasp.) " Trunk to the 
left (r.)— turn ! To the left (r.) — bend! Ujpward — stretch ! 
. . o Forward — turn ! " — Change feet and repeat to the other 
side. 

9. Sidew. jump. "To the left (r.) jump — one! Two! 
Thr^e! Four! Five! To the right (1.) jump — one! Two! 
Three! Four! Five!" . . . (In the class-room precede by 
♦Right (1.) — face! ") 1 = Heels lift. 2 = Knees bend. The 
arms, hanging straight from the shoulders, with clinched fists, 
are brought in front to the right (1.), if the jump is to take 
place to the left (r.). 3 = The arms swing towards the side of 
the jump, the latter occurring from botli feet. The landing 
takes place in usual form, the arms stopping the motion of th< 
trunk by swinging to the opposite side if necessary. 4 = Knees, 
stretch. 5 = Heels sink. 

10 Yd. c wlk. h St. 2 Heel elev. (§ 31, 2). " Left (r.) 
foot forward place and arms sideways stretch — one ! Two ! " 
(See IX. 2.) "Heels — lift! Sink! The same— one! Two! 
. . . Arm extension (stretching). Change feet — one! Tw(5!" 

11. St. 2 A. elev. sidew. and 2 Heel elev. (§ 33, 2). 
"Arms sideways lift, heels lift and breathe in — one! 
Sink and breathe out — two! The same — dne! Two.''* . .• 

Begin and end the lesson by St. H. backw. flex. 



School Gymnastics 



79 



XYII. 

1. Wg". St. H. flex. forw. and backw. (§ 36, l). 

** Hips — firm ! Head forward — bend ! Upward — stretch ! 
. . . Backward — bend ! Upward — stretch! . . . Position!" 

2. Str. wlk. d St. pos. (§ 30, 8). " Left (r.) foot crosswise 
forward place and arms upward stretch — one! Two! Arm 
extension, change feet — one! Two!" . . . Compare VI. 2. 

For little folks. Wg. courtesy sitt. H. rot. XII. 6. 

3. St. contin. 2 A. ext. upw. (§ 32, 5). "Arm exten- 
sion (or stretching) upward — start ! Stop ! Position ! " Com- 
pare XVI. 3. 

4. Wg. turn close st. arch flex. (§ 34, 2 and 5). Feet 

— close! Hips — firm! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn! Back- 
ward — bend! Upward — stretch ! . , . Forward — bend! Up- 
ward—stretch ... To the right (1.) — turn! " etc. 

5. Wg.fanout«st.pos.(§30,12). "Hips — firm! Left 
(r.) foot sideways forward — fallout! Change feet — one! 
Two! The same — one! Two!" . . . The movement should 
occur with as little noise as possible and without dragging the 
feet. 

In the schoolroom precede by: " Right (1.) oblique — face ! " 
and execute the movement on the same principles as IV. 2. 

For small children substitute VII. 5, or some other balance 
movement requiring less co-ordination than the fallout st. 
pos. 

6. Reach St. 2 A. flg". (§32, 6). ** Arms forward stretch ! 

— one! Two! Armflinging upward — one! Two! One! 
Two! . . . Position!" 1 = Arms move quickly into Str. pos. 
2 = Arms sink forward into reach pos. 

7. Marching (§ 33, 11). 

8. Rest Ijr. alt. Li. elev. (§43). "Cross legs! Sit on 
the floor! Lie down backward! Straight legs. Neck — 
firm ! " (See § 34, 3.) " Left (r.) leg — lift ! Sink ! Right — 
lift! Sink! The same — one! Two! Three! Four! . . . 
Position! " The leg is raised slightly, knee and instep being 
stretched. When the floor is too dirty substitute XVIII, 8. 

9. Wg. Kn. St. T. rot. (§ 35, 5). " Hips — firm ! Kneel \ 
(§32,20.) Trunk to the left (r.) — turn! Forward — turn ! To 
the right (1.) — turn! Forward — turn!" . . . 

10. Sldew. jump. See XVI. 9. Alternate with Wg. 
Wlk. 6 St. jump. "Hips — firm! Left (r.) foot forward — 
place! Heels — lift' Change feet, jumping — one! Two! 
6ne! Two !" . . . To be executed rhythmically like IX. 9. 

11. Yd. c wlk. c St. 2 Heel elev. (§30,7). "Feet — 
close ! Left (r.) foot forward place and arms sideways stretch 

— one! Two!" (See V. 2.) "Heels — lift! Sink! The 
same — one ! Two ! . . . Arm extension (or stretching), 
change feet — one ! Tw6 ! " etc. 

12. Yd. c St. 2 A. circ See XV. 11. 
End the lesson by St. H. Backw. flex. 



80 



School Gymnastics 



XVIII. 

1. Wg. St. H. flex, sidew. (§ 36, 1). See VI. 1. Fol- 

lowed by St. 2 Heel elev. 

2. Wg". stride st. pos. in series (§31,1; 30,4). "Hips 

— firm! Foot placing sideways, left and right — one! Two! 
Three! Four! The same — start! Position!" In the class- 
room precede by: '* Right (1.) — face ! " If stride st. pos. has 
not previously been practised to the command, "Left (r.) foot 
sideways — place ! " (instead of " Feet sideways place — one ! 
Two ! ") use that movement for a day or two, before doing it 
in series. 

3. St. contin. 2 A. ext. backw. (See IV. 3.) " Arm 
extension (or stretching) backward — start! Stop! Position!" 
Compare XVI. 3. 

4. Wg. turn close st. arch flex. See XVII. 4. 

5. Wg. fallout a st. pos. backw. (§ 30, 12). "Hips — 
firm! Left (r.) foot sideways backward fallout! Change 
feet — one! Two! The same — one! Two!" . . . 

In the schoolroom precede by: " Left (r.) — face!" 
For little folks substitute VIII., 5. 

6. Yd. c St. 2 A. flg. forw. (§32, 6 and 9). "Arms side- 
ways lift! Arm-tlinging forward with turning of the hands 

— (5ne! Two! The same — 6ne! Tw6 ! " . , . 1 = Elbows 
bend slightly and arms are flung into reach pos., palms up (the 
movement resembles a sword cut, not a thrust), 2 = Elbows 
bend slightly and arms are flung into Yd. c pos. 

7. Marching. 

8. Wg. Kn. St. T. backw. flex. (§ 34, 3). Hips 
firm! Kneel!" (§ .32, 20). "Trunk backward — bend ! " 
(Fall from the knee; do not arch the body). "Upward — 
stretch! Backward — bend! Upward — stretch! . . . Posi- 
tion! " 

9. Wg". turn St. T. sidew. flex. (§ 35, 4 and 5). " Hips 

— firm! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn! To the left (r.) — bend! 
Upward — stretch! . . . To the right (1.) — turn ! To the right 
1,1 ) bend ! " etc. 

10. Wg. wlk. h St. jump. See XVII. 10. Alternate 
with upw. jump, see VIII. 9, and with 90° upw. jump. See 
XII. 10. 

11. Yd. cwlk. dst. 2 Heel elev. (§ 30, 8). "Left (r.) 
foot crosswise forward place and arms sideways stretch — 
one! Tw(i! Heels— lift! Sink! The same— one! Two! 
. . . Arm extension (or stretching), change feet — one! 
Two! " etc. Compare XII. 2. For little folks substitute II. 
10. 

12. St. 2 A. elev. and 2 Heel elev. See XVI. 11. 
End the lesson by St. H. backw. flex. 



School Gymnastics 



81 



XIX. 

1. Yd. a St. 2 A. fig. See III., 11. 

2. Wg. wlk. « St. pos. in series (§ 30, 5). "Hips — 
firm! Foot placing sideways forward — 6ne ! Tw(5! Thr^e! 
Four!" l = wlk. a. st. to the left; 3= wlk. a st. to the 
right. "The same, begin to the right — one! . . . Four!" 
Later the executory command will be, " Start ! . . . Stop ! " 

In the schoolroom the movement takes the following form : 
" Right (1 ) oblique face ! Hips — firm I , Foot placing side- 
ways forward, left foot — one! Two! One! Two! . . . Po- 
sition! Left (r.) face ! Hips — firm! "etc. Compare IV. 2. 

3. St. 2 A. ext. forw., sidew. and upw. (§ 40, 33, 1). 
"Arms forward, sideways, and upward stretch — one! Two! 
Three! . . . Six! The same — one! . . . Six!" 1,3. 6 = bend 
St. pos. ; 2 = reach st. pos. ; 4 = yd. c st. pos. ; 6 = Str. st. pos, 

4. Yd. c turn wlk. a st. arch flex. (§ 30, 6). In the 
class-room, first, "Right (1.) o6Zigw^ — face ! " Then, "Left 
(r.) foot sideways forward place, and arms sideways stretch 

— one! Two!" (See VIII., 2.) "Trunk to the left (r.) — 
turn! Backward — bend ! Upward — stretch ! . . . Forward 

— bend ! Upward — stretch ! etc. Remember to rotate to the 
side of the advanced foot. 

6. Wg. toe St. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. pos. (§ 41; 31, 2, 
6). "Hips — firm! Heels— lift! Knee flexion (or bending) 
to sitting — one! Two! One! Two! . . . Position!" 1 = 
wg. courtesy sitt. pos. ; 2 = wg. toe st. pos. 

6. Wff. stoop St. 2 A. ext. sidew. and backw. 
(§ 33,1,44). "Hips — firm! Trunk forward — bend! Arm- 
extension (or stretching) sideways and backward — one! Twd! 
Three ! F6ur ! The same — one ! Two ! Three ! Four ! . . . 
Trunk upward — stretch ! Position!" 2 = Yd. c stoop st. ; 
4 = stoop St. with arms extended backward. 

7. Marching. (See VIL, 7; IX.. 7, etc.) 

8. Rest. ly. alt. L. elev. See XVII., 8. If for some 
reason the floor cannot be used, apply XX., 8. 

9. Yd. c close St. T. rot. (§ 35, 5). " Feet — close! Arms 
sideways stretch — one ! Two ! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn I 
Forward — turn ! To the right (1.) — turn ! Forward — turn ! 
, . . Position ! " 

10. Wg. Wlk. 6 St. jump. SeeXVIIL,10. To be fol- 
lowed by 

Forw. jump. See XL, 9. 

11. Yd. c St. alt. toe and Heel-elev. (§3 1, 8). Com- 
mands as in I., 11, and VllL, 10. 

12. Yd. d St. 2 A. and 2 Heel-elev. (§ 46 ; 32, 10). In 

the class-room first, "Right (1.) oblique — face !" Then, "Arms 
sideways — lift ! Hands — turn ! Arms lift, heels lift and breathe 
in — one ! Sink and breathe out 1 — two ! The same — one ! Two 1 
Position ! " 

Begin and end by a Jl.Jlex, backw, or sidew. 



82 School Gymnastics 



XX. 

1. St. 2 A. elev. forw., upw. See XL, 11. 

2. Yd. toe St. H. rot. (§ 41). In the class-room first, 

— "Right (1.) o6/^5^^e — face! " Then, Arms sideways — 
h'ft! Heels— Hft! Head rotation (or turning) left and right 

— one! Two! One! Two! . . . Forward —turn ! Position!" 

3. St. 2 A. ext. forw., backw., and upw. (§ 40, 33, 1). 
"Arms forward, backward, and upward stretch — one! 
Two! . . . Six!" Compare remarks on XIX., 3. 

4. Yd. turn wlk. a st. arch fiex. See XIX., 4. 

5. Wg. fallout St. h pos. backw. (later forw.) 
(§ 30, 11). 

"Hips — firm! Left (r.) foot backward (f orw. )— fallout ! 
Change feet — one! Two! The same — one! Two! . . . Posi- 
tion ! " Remember to let the foot move with the least possible 
noise. 

6. Wg. stoop St. 2 A. swim (§ 42, 33, 5). In the class- 
room first — "Right (1.) oblique — face!" Then, "Hips — 
firm ! Trunk forward — bend ! Arm swim — one'^'two I 
Three! The same — one^twd! Three! . . . Trunk upward 

— stretch! — Position!" For the last two days make the 
command — "one! Two'^^three ! ! " 

7. Marching. See preceding tables. 

8. Stoopfall. H. rot. (§ 34, 7, Fig. 14). " Stoopfall. po- 
sition — one! Two! Head rotation (or turning), left and 
right — one! Two! . . . Forward — turn! Position — one! 
Two! " 

9. Wg. turn close st. T. sidew. flex. (§ 35, 4). " Feet 
close and hips — firm! Trunk to the left (r.)— turn ! To the 
left (r.) — bend! Upward — stretch ! ... To the right (1.) — 
turn! " etc. Remember to bend to the side to which rotation 
has taken place. 

10. 2 A. fl^. upw. jump. " Arms flung sideways, up- 
ward jump— one! Two! Three! Four! Five! The same 

— one! . . . Five!" l=:toe st. ; 2 = courtesy st. ; hands 
crossed in front (by flexion from the elbows)). 3 = upw. jump ; 
the arms flinging outward to Yd. c pos. ; land in usual man- 
ner with arms along the sides ; 4 = toe st. ; 5 = fund. pos. 

11. Rest St. Feet closing rhythmically (§ 41, 
30,2). "Neck — firm! Feet close and open— one! Tw(5! 
One! Two! . . . Position!" Later command : — "Start! . . . 
Stop ! " If Rest pos. has not been previously practised, apply 
it between exercises Nos. 1 and 2 of this table. 

12. Yd. St. 2 A elev. and 2 Heel-elev. See XIX., 
12. To be followed by Yd. a st. 2 A fig. See II., 6. 

Begin and end by H.Jiex. backw. 



School Gymnastics 83 



XXI. 



1. St. 2 A. elev. sidew. See V., 11. 

2. Wg. wlk. 6 St. pos. in series (§ 30, 6). **Hips — 

firm! Foot-placing forward, left and right— one! Tw6! 
Three! F(5ur! The same — one! . . . Four! (or Stdrt! . . . 
St(5p!) . . . Position! " 

3. St. 2 A. ext. forw., sidew., and backw. (§ 33, i). 
*' Arms forward, sideways and, backward stretch — one ! . . . 
Six! The same — one! . . . Six! . . . Position!" 

4. Yd. c wlk. c St. arch flex. (§ 35, l). " Feet — close! 
Arms sideways stretch— one! Two! Trunk backward — 
bend ! Upward — stretch ! . . . Forward — bend ! Upward 

— stretch! . . . Position!" 

5. W^. fallout St. c pos. (§30, 11). "Feet — cldse! 
Hips — firm! Left (r.) foot forward — fallout ! Change feet 

— one! Two! The same — one! Tw6! . . . Position!" 

6. Bend stoop stride st. alt. A. ext. upw. (§ 33, 1). 

" Feet sideways — place ! Arms upward — bend ! Trunk for- 
ward — bend ! Left (r.) arm upward — stretch ! Change arms 

— one! Two! . , . Arms — bend! Trunk upward — stretch ! 
Position! 

7. Marching. 

8. Stoopfall. H. rot. See XX., 8. 

9. Yd. c St. T. rot. (§ 34, 5). " Arms sideways stretch — 
one! Tw6! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn! Forward — 
turn ! " etc. 

10. 2 A. flg. upw. jump. See XX., 10; to be followed 
by 

90° upw. jump. See XII. , 10. 

11. Rest St. 2 Heel-elev. (§ 31, 2). "Neck — firm! 
Heels — lift! Sink! The same — one! Two! . . . Position!" 

12. St. 2 A. elev. forw., upw., and 2 Heel-elev. 
(§ 33, 2). Arms forward, upward, lift, heels lift and breathe 
in — one! Sideways downward sink and breathe out — twol 
The same — one ! Two! ..." 



84 



School Gymnastics 



XXIL 

1. Yd. <^ St. 2 A. elev. See IX., 11. 

2. Wg. wlk. c St. pos. in series (§ 30, 7). "Feet — 

close ! Hips — firm ! Foot-placing forward (left and riffht) — 
one ! Two ! Three ! Four ! The same — one ! . Four ' (or 
Start! Stop!)" ruunor 

3. St. 2 A. ext. forw. upw., and backw. (IV., 3) 

''Arms forward, upward, and backward stretch — one ! 
Six! The same -- one ! . . . Six! . . . Position!" 

4. Yd. c wlk. c St. arch fiex. See XXI., 4. 

5. Wg. cr. a. h St. Kn. ext. forw. (Fig. 3, 3). *' Hips — 
firm! Left (r.) knee upward — bend! Knee forward — 
stretch ! Bend ! Stretch ! Bend ! Change feet ~ one ! Two ! " 
etc. 

6. Wg. Stoop stride st. A. ext. to \ str. yd. (§ 32, 
12). " Feet sideways place and hips firm — 6ne \ Two ! Trunk 
forward — bend! Left arm upward, right arm sideways 
stretch — one I Two ! Change arms — one ! Two ! . . . Hips — 
firm ! Trunk upward — stretch ! Position ! " Compare IX., 3. 

7. Marching. 

8. Wg. foot gr. sitt. T. backw. flex. (Fig. 13). " Sit 
on the desks! Hips — firm! Trunk backward — bend! Up- 
ward — stretch ! . . Position ! " Do not arch the spine, but 
fall from the hip. 

In case desks are not at hand let the pupils of one rank sit 
on the floor with legs stretched forward, while the other rank 
kneel, facing the first, and holding their feet firmly to the floor 
with both hands. If the floor is too dirty for this movement, 
substitute XXIII., 8. 

9. \ str. wg. stride st. T. sidew. flex. (§ 35, 4). 
Hips — firm ! Feet sideways — place ! Right (1.) arm upward 

stretch — one ! Tw6! Trunk to the left (r.) — bend ! Upward — 
stretch ! . . . change arms — one ! Two ! To the right (1.) — 
bend ! " etc. Bend to the side opposite the extended arm. 

10. Wg. courtesy sitt. forw. jump. ''Hips — firm! 
Heels— lift! Knees — bend (all the way down)! Forward 
jump — 6ne ! Tw6 ! One ! Twd ! . . . Position ! " The move- 
ment consists of a rapid succession of slight contractions and 
relaxations of the extensors of knees and ankles producing 
a very elastic motion. The space covered by each jump should 
be but a few inches. 

To be followed by sidew. jump. See XVI., 9. 

11. Rest stride st. 2 Heel-elev. (§ 31, 2). " Feet side- 
ways place and neck — firm !" (The arms move with the 
right foot.) " Heels — lift ! Sink ! The same — <5ne ! Two ! 
. . . Position ! " 

12. St. 2 A. elev. forw. upw. and 2 Heel-elev. 
(See XXI., 12), followed by yd. c st. 2 A. circ. See XV., 11. 



School Gymnastics 85 



XXIII. 



1. Yd. St. 2 A. circ. See XV., 11. 

2. Wg;. wlk.^ist. pos. inseries(§30,8). "Hips —firm! 
Foot placing crosswise forward (left and right) -- dne ! Tw61 
Thr^e! Four! The same — (5ne! . . . Four! (or Start I 
Stop!) '* For modifications in the schoolroom, compare VI., 2, 
and XIX., 2. 

3. St. 2 A. ext. sidew., backw., and upw. (§ IV., 
3). "Arms sideways, backward, and upward stretch — one ! 
. . . Six! The same — one! . . . Six! . . . Position!" 

4. Yd. c close St. arch flex. (§39). Feet — cldse! 
Arms sideways stretch — one! Tw(5! Trunk backward — 
bend! Upward — stretch ! . . . Forward — bend! Upward 

— stretch . . . Position!" 

5. Wg. toe stride st. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. pos. (§ 31, 
5). ''Feet sideways place and hips — firm! Heels!— lift! 
Knee flexion (or bending) to sitting (or all the way down) — 
6ne! Two! One! Tw6 !... Heels — sink ! Position!" 

1 = courtesy stride sitt. pos. 2 = toe stride st. pos. 

6. Bend stoop st. alt. A. ext. to yd. d (§ 32, 10). 
** Arms upward — bend ! Trunk forward — bend ! Arm ex- 
tension (or stretching) sideways, palm up, left and right — 
6ne! Two! One! Tw6! . . . Arms bend! Trunk upward — 
stretch ! Position ! " 

7. Marching. 

8. Wg. iKn. St. T. backw. flex. (§43). "Hips-firm! 
On the left (r.) — kneel!" (§ 30, 21.) Trunk backward- 
bend! Upward — stretch! . . . (Dhange knees — 6ne! Two!" 
(1 =z= wg. St. pos. 2 = ^ Kn. St. on the right (1.) knee.) *' Trunk 
backward — bend!" etc. Do not arch the spine, but fall 
from the knee. 

9. Yd. c stride st. T. rot. (§ 44). " Feet sideways place 
and arms sideways stretch — dne ! Tw6 ! Trunk to the left 
(r.) — turn ! Forward — turn ! To the left (r.) — turn! For- 
ward — turn . . . Position — one! Tw6!" 

10. Yd. c toe St. quick jump. forw. " Arms sideways 

— lift ! Heels — lift ! Forward jump — 6ne ! Tw6 ! One ! 
Twd! . . . Position!" For execution, see XIV., 9. To bo 
followed by Upw. jump. See VII., 9. 

11. Rest close st. 2 Heel-elev. (§ 31, 2). ** Feet close 
and neck — firm! Heels — lift! Sink! The same — one! 
Two! 6ne! Two! . . . Position!" 

12. St. 2 A. elev. sidew. upw. and 2 Heel-elev. 
(§ 46). " Arms sideways upward lift, heels lift and breathe 
in — one ! Sideways downward sink and breathe out — two ! 
The same — one! Two! One! Two! "... (Precede by 
"Right o&^igwe — face! " 

End by St. H. rot. with backw, flex. 



86 



School Gymnastics 



XXIV. 

1. St. 2 A. ext. to yd. d. See YII., 11. 

2. Wg". wlk. a b c or d backw. St. pos. in series. 

*' Hips — firm ! Foot placing- sideways backward (backward, etc.) 

— one ! . . . Four I " Conapare XIX., 2 to XXIII., 2, inclusive. 

3. St. 2 A. ext. sidew., backw., and upw. (IV., 3). 
''Arms sideways, backward, and upward stretch — one! . . . 
Six! The same — one! . . . Six!" (Precede by "Right (1.) 
oblique — face ! ") 

4. Yd. c close St. arch. flex. See XXIII., 4. 

5. Wg". fallout St. d pos. (§ 30, 12). "Hips — firm! 
Left (r.) foot, toe-supporting, backward — fallbut! Change 
feet — one! Twd! The same — one! Two! . . . Position!" 

6. Str. stoop stride st. 2 A. ext. upw. (Fig. 10). 

" Feet sideways place and arms upward stretch — one! Tw6! 
Trunk forward — bend! Arm extension (or stretching) up- 
ward — one! Two! One! Two! . . . Trunk upward — stretch! 
Position — one ! Twd! " 

7. Marching. 

8. Wg. foot gr. h St. T. backw. flex. (Fig. 5). " From 
right to left count — twos ! Numbers one left, numbers two 
right — face! Numbers one, hips — firm! Left (r.) foot for- 
ward on seat — place! Numbers two — grasp! Ones, trunk 
backward — bend ! Upward — stretch! " . . . (Fallback; do 
not arch the spine.) " Change feet — one ! Two ! Backward 

— bend ! " etc. 

Where no desks are at hand substitute XXIII., 8. 

9. I str. wg. St. T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). "Hips — firm! 
Right (I.) arm upward stretch — one! Two! Trunk to the 
left (r.) — bend! Upward — stretch ! . . . Change arms — 
one! Two! " etc. Compare XXII., 9. 

10. 2 A. and L. fig", upw. jump. If in the schoolroom 
first "Numbers two — sit down! Numbers one, right (1.) — 
f^ice ' '* Then " Arms and legs flung sideways upward jump — 
one! Two! Three! Four! Five! The same — one! . . . 
Five! "... At "thr^e! " jump and fling arms into yd. c legs 
into stride pos., and land in usual manner (heels together, 
arms behind thighs, etc.) If the teacher finds that there is 
not enough space for this movement, substitute XX., 10. 

11. Rest wlk. a St. 2 Heel-elev. (§31, 2). "Neck- 
firm ! Left (r.) foot sideways forward — pUce ! Heels — lift ! 
Sink! The same — (5ne! Two! One! Two!" . . . For 
space compare IV., 2. 

12» St. 2 A. elev. sidew., upw., and 2 Heel-elev. 
See XXIII., 12. To be followed by Yd. a st.2A.fig. III., 11. 
End by H.flex. forio. and backw. 



School Gymnastics 



87 



XXY. 

1. St. H. sidew. laex. See VI., 1. 

2. Yd. c stride st. pos. in series (§ 30, 4). "Foot 
placing sideways and arm extension {or stretching) sideways 
(left and right) — one! Two! Three! Four!" ... 1 and 
3 = Bend st. pos. 2 and 4 = yd. c stride st. resp. to the left and 
right, the foot being moved twice its own length to its own 
side. In the schoolroom precede by " Right (1.) — face ! " 

To be followed by St. prep, to jump. See VI., 10. 

3. St. 2 A. ext. sidew. and upw. in series (§ 10, 2). 
** Arm extension (or stretching) sideways and upward — Start ! 
. . . Position ! " 

4. Yd. c St. arch flex. (§ 34, Fig. 10). *' Arms sideways 

— lift! Trunk backward — bend ! Upward — stretch! . . . 
Hands — turn ! Arms — lift ! Trunk forward — bend ! Up- 
ward— stretcli ! . . . Position! 

5. Wg. wlk. a St. 2 Kn. flex. (§ 31, 5). In the class- 
room, first, "Right (1.) oblique — face!" — "Hips — firm! 
Left (r.)foot sideways forward — place! Heels lift! Knees 

— bend! " (The weight chiefly on the backward leg; the for- 
ward knee bends only slightly. ) " Knees — stretch ! Heels — 
sink! The same — one! . . . Four!" Change feet and repeat. 

6. Bend stoop st. 2 A. ext. upw. (Fig. 10). '* Arms 
upward — bend! Trunk forward— bend ! Arm extension (or 
stretching) upward — one! Two! One! Two! . . . Trunk 
upward — stretch ! Position ! " 

7. Marching". 

8. Str. ly. alt. L. elev. (§ 45). "Sit on the floor! 
Lie down backward! Arms upward stretch — 6ne! Two! " 
(The arms rest on the floor in a line with the body.) *' Left 
(r.) leg — lift! Change legs — one! Two! . . . Leg — sink! 
Rise and stand ! " 

If the floor cannot be used, substitute XXVT., 8. 

9. ^ str. wg. close st. T. sidew. flex. (§ 35, 4). " Feet 
close and hips — firm! Right (1.) arm upward stretch — one! 
Two! Trunk to the left (r.) — bend! Upward — stretch ! To 
the left (r.) — bend! Upward — stretch ! " etc. Bend to the 
side opposite the extended arm. 

10. 90° Upw. jump (§ 45). See XIL, 10. Also repeat 
any of the preceding forms of jumping, and insist upon good 
form. 

11. Rest Wlk. 6st. 2Heel-elev. (§31,2). " Left (r.) 
foot forward place and neck — firm ! Heels — lift ! Sink ! The 
same — one! Two! . . . Change feet — one! Two!" etc. 

12. Yd. a St. 2 A. flg. and P. placing forw. (§ 33, 3). 
" Arms forward — bend! Arm flinging, foot placing forward 

— one! Two! Three! Four! One! Two! Three! Four! . . . 
Position!" l = Yd. c wlk. h st. with the left foot advanced; 
3 = the same with the right foot; 2 and 4 = Yd. a st. pos, 
Inhale on 1 and 3, exhale on 2 and 4. 

End the lesson by St, 2 Heel-elev, (§ 31, 2). 



88 



School Gymnastics 



XXYI. 

1. Wg. St. H. rot. with flex. (§ 36). Hips — firm! 
Head to the left (r.) — turn ! Head backward — bend ! Upward 

— stretch! . . . Forward — turn ! . . . Position!" The head 
is bent in the direction of the occiput ; i.e., obliquely backward. 

2. Yd. c wlk. a St. pos. in series (§ 31, 1). Left (r.) 
foot sideways forward place, and arms sideways stretch — 
one ! Two ! Arm extension (or stretching), change feet — dne! 
Two ! Continue ! . . . Position ! " 

For modification in schoolroom, see XIX., 2. 

3. Yd. h St. 2 A. flg. (§ 32, 8, 11). " Arm,s half -forward — 
bend! Arm flinging upward — one ! Two! One! Two! . . • 
Position! " 

4. Yd. c St. arch flex. See XXV., 4. 

5. Wg. Wlk. d St. 2 Kn. flex. (§ 31, 5). " Hips — firm! 
Left (r.) foot crosswise forward — place! Heels — lift! — 
Knees — bend! Knees — stretch! Heels — sink! The same 

— one! . . . Four! Change feet — one! Twd! " etc. Com- 
pare VI., 2. 

6. Str. Stoop St. 2 A. fig. (Fig. 10). "Arms upward 
stretch — one! Two! Trunk forward — bend! To horizon- 
tal, arms forward — sink ! Upward — fling ! The same — one 
Tw6! . . . Trunk upward — stretch! Position!" 

7. Marching. 

8. Yd. c Kn. St. T. backw. flex. (§ 34, 3). " Arms side- 
ways—lift! Heels — lift! Kneel! Trunk backward — bend\ 
Upward — stretch ! Backward — bend ! Upward — stretch I 
. . . Position! " 

9. Yd. wlk. a St. T. rot. (§ 34,5). In the schoolroom 
first, " Right (1.) oblique face ! " — «' Left (r.) foot sideways for- 
ward place, and arms sideways stretch — one! Two! Trunk 
to the left (r.) turn ! Forward — turn ! " . . . Rotate to the side 
of the advanced foot. 

10. 2 A. and L. flg. upw. jump. See XXIV., 10. Also 

review XIX., 9. 

11. Rest St. alt. toe-elev. (§ 31, 3). "Neck — firm! 
Alternate toe-elevation (or lifting) — stdrt! . . . Stop! 
Position!" 

12. Yd. a St. 2 A. flg. and F. placingr forw. See 

XXV., 12. 

End by St, 2 JSeel-elev, 



School Gymnastics 



89 



XXVII. 



1. Yd. cwlk. 6 St. DOS. in series (§31, 1). "Armexten- 
8ion (or stretching) sideways, foot placing, forward, left and 
right — one ! Two ! Three ! Four ! Continue ! . . . Position ! " 

2. W^. St. Slow. 2 Kn. flex. (§ 31, 5). "Hips — firm! 
Heels — lift! Slowly, knees — bend ! Knees — stretch! Heels 

— sink! The same — one ! . . . Four!" . . . 

8. Wg. turn Stride St. 2 A. ext. sidew. (§40). **Feet 
sideways place, and hips firm — one! Two! Trunk to the 
left (r.)— turn! Arm extension {or stretching) sideways — 
one! Two! One! Two!" . . . 

Also review XXVI., 3 every other day. # 

4. Yd. c St. arch flex. (§ 39). "Arms sideways — lift! 
Trunk backward — bend ! Upward — stretch ! . . . Forward 

— bend! Upward — stretch ! . . . Position!" 

5. Wg. cr. a h St. Kn. abd. (§ 30, 17). "Hips -firm! 
Left (r.) knee upward— bend! Knee abduction — one! 
Two!" , . . or " Knee sideways — move! Forward — move! 
The same — one! Two! " The leg remains vertical through- 
out the movement. 

6. Str. stoop St. 2 A. elev. (§ 11 ; § 33, 2). " Arms up- 
ward stretch — one! Two! Trunk forward — bend ! Arms 
sideways — sink ! (Yd. pos.) Lift! The same— one! Two! 
. . . Trunk upward — stretch ! Position ! " 

7. Marching. 

8. Yd. c foot gr. sitt. T. backw. flex. (§ 43, Fig. 13). 
"Sit on the desks! Arms sideways — lift! Trunk backward 

— bend! Upward — stretch ! . . . Position!" In absence of 
desks use the floor, as in XXn.,8. If the floor is too dirty to 
sit on, apply XX VIII., 8. 

9. Yd. c wlk. a St. rev. T. rot. (§ 34, 6). In school- 
room, " Right (1.) oblique — face! " — " Left (r.) foot sideways 
forward place, and arms sideways stretch — one ! Tw(5 ! Trunk 
to the right (1.) — turn! Forward — turn ! " etc. Rotate to 
the side of the backward foot. 

10. W^. courtesy sitt. sidew. jump. " Hips — firm ! 
Heels — lift! All the way down, knees — bend! Sideways 
jump! — one! Two! 6ne! Two! . . . Position!" Exe- 
cuted on the same principles as XIII., 9. Review XI., 9. 

11. Rest Wlk. c St. 2 Heel-elev. (§ 30, 2\ " Feet close, 
and neck — firm! Left (r.) foot forward — place! Heels — 
lift! Sink! The same — one! Two!" etc. 

12. Yd. a turn close st. 2 A. flg. (§ 46). " Feet — 
close! Arms forward — bend! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn ! 
Arm flinging, breathe in — one ! Breathe out — two ! The 
same- <3ne! Two! . . . To the right (1.) — turn!" etc. 

End by Close st. 2 Meel-elev. and St. ff. hachw.flex. 



90 



School Gymnastics 



XXYIII. 



1. Yd. wlk. c St. pos. in series (§ 31, l). "Feet 

— close! Left (r .) foot forward and arms sideway stretch — 
one! Two! Arm extension (or stretching), change feet — 
<Sne! Two! One! Two! ... (or Start! Stop!) Position!" 

2. Wg. stride st. slow 2 Kn. flex. (§31, 5). "Feet 
sideways and hips firm — one! Two! Heels — lift! Slowly, 
knees — bend! Upward — stretch ! Heels — sink! The same 

— one! . . . Four! "etc. 

3. Wg. turn stride st. 2 A. ext. upw. (§ 40 ). (" Feet 
sideways and hips firm — one ! Two!) Trunk to the left (r.) 

— turnl Arm-extension (or stretching) upward — one ! Two I 
One! Two! . . . Hips — firm! To the right (1.)— turn!" 
etc. 

4. Yd. c St. arch flex. SeeXXVTI.,4. 

5. Yd. c St. 2 Kn. flex. (§ 41). " Arms sideways stretch 

— one! Two! Heels — lift! Knees — bend! Knees — stretch ! 
Heels — sink! The same — one! Two! Three! Four!" . . . 

6. Reach stoop stride st. 2 A. flg. (§ 33, 3). " Feet 
sideways place — one! Two! Arms forward —lift! Trunk 
forward — bend! (Arms horizontal.) Arm-flinging upward — 
<5ne! Two! One! Two! . . . 6ne! Trunk upward — stretch ! 
Position — one ! Two ! " 

7. Marching". 

8. Yd. c Kn. St. T. backw. flex. (§ 30,20). "Kneel! 
Arms sideways — lift! Trunk backward bend! (Fall from 
the knee ; do not arch.) Upward — stretch ! . . . Position ! " 

9. ^ str.wg. wlk. 6 St. T. sidew. flex.(§44 ). "Hips — 
firm ! Left (r.) foot forward — place ! Kight (1.) arm upward 
stretch — one! Two! Trunk to the left (r.) — bend! Upward 

— stretch! . . . Change arms and feet — one! Two! To the 
right — bend!" etc. Eemember to bend to the side of the 
advanced foot, the opposite arm being in str. pos. 

10. 1 step forw. jump. " Left (r.) foot forward, for- 
ward jump — onc^twd! Three! Four! The same right (1.) 
foot — one'~'twd ! Three! Four!" . . . l = wlk. h st. pos. 
2 = jumping occurs forward from the advanced foot, the 
arms oscillating forward ; landing takes place in usual form 
on both feet. 3 = toe st. pos. 4 = fund. pos. 

To be followed (or substituted) by Wg. toe st. stride jump. 
See IX., 9. 

11. Rest St. alt. toe and Heel-elev. (§ 31, 4). " Neck 

— firm! Alternate toe and heel elevation (or lifting) — one! 
Two! . . . (or Start! Stop!) Position!" 

12. Yd. a turn close st. 2 A. flg. (§ 46 ). See XXVIL 
12. 

End by Close st. 2 Heel-elev. 



School Gymnastics 91 



XXIX. 

1. St. 2 A. elev. sidew. and 2 Heel-elev. (§ 46), 
See XVI., 11. 

2. Yd. wlk. d St. pos. in series (§ 31, 1). " Left (r.^ 
foot crosswise forward and arms sideways stretch — one! 
Twd ! Arm-extension (or stretching), change feet — one ! Two ! 
Continue! . . . Position !" — In the schooh'oom: "Right (1.) 
oblique — face ! Foot-placing crosswise forward, arm-stretch- 
ing sideways, right (1.) foot — one! Two! . . . Position! 
Left (r.) — face ! " etc. Compare XII., 2. For little folks sub- 
stitute XXVII., 2. 

3. St. continuous 2 A. ext. sidew. and backw. 
(§40). ''Arm-extension (or stretching) sideways and back- 
ward — start ! . . . Position ! " 

4. Yd. c turn wlk. a st. arch flex. (§ 39 ). In the 
schoolroom first "Right (1.) oblique — face!" Then "Left 
(r.) foot sideways forward and arms sideways stretch — one ! 
Two!" (See VIII., 2.) " Trunk to the left (r.) — turn ! " (Ro- 
tate so far as to face in direction of the advanced foot.) 
" Backward — bend ! Upward — stretch ! . . . Forward — 
bend ! Upward — stretch ! . . . Forward — turn ! " etc. 

5. Wg. toe St. alt. Kn. upw. flex. (§ 30, 17). " Hips — 
firm! Heels— lift! Left (r.) knee upward — bend! Change 
feet — one! Two! . . . Position!" Do not keep the pupils 
long in the wg. cr. a toe \ st. pos. ; but let the change occur 
rather quickly. 

6. Yd. d stoop stride st. 2 A. elev. (§ 32, 10). " Feet 
sideways and arms sideways stretch — one ! Two ! Hands 

— turn! Trunk forward — bend ! Arms — lift! Sink! The 
same — one! Two! . . . Trunk upward — stretch ! " etc. 

7. Marching'. 

Yd. c i Kn. St. T. backw. flex. (§ 30, 21). "On the 
left (r.) — kneel! Arms sideways — lift! Trunk backward 

— bend! Upward — stretch! . . .Position!" Fall back, do 
not arch the body. 

9. Yd. c wlk. b St. T. rot. (§ 35, 5). " Left (r.) foot forward 
and arms sideways stretch — one ! Two 1 Trunk to the left (r.) — 
turn! Forward! — turn!" . . . Rotate to the side of the ad- 
vanced foot. 

10. 1 step forw. jump. See XXVIII., 10, followed by 
Wg. toe St. quick jump forw. See XV., 9. 

11. Str. St. feet closing rh^rthmically (§ 30, 3). 
"Arms upward stretch — one! Two! Feet closing — one! 
Two! ... (or Start! Stdp!) " 

12. Yd. d Turn close st. 2 A. elev. (§ 46). " Feet 

— close! Arms sideways — lift! Hands — turn! Trunk to 
the left (r.) — turn ! Arms — lift, breathe in ! Sink, breathe 
out! The same — one! Two!" . . . 

Followed by Yd. a st. 2 A. Jig. See III., 11. 



92 



School Gymnastics 



XXX. 

1. Yd. c St. 2 A. circ. See XV., 11. 

2. Str. stride st. pos. in ser. (XIII., 2.) In school- 
room first " Right (1.) — face ! " Then " Left (r.) foot sideways 
and arms upward stretch — one! Twd! Arm-extension (or 
stretching), change feet — one! Two! . . . Position!" 

3. Wg. turn close st. 2 A. ext. backw. (§ 40 ). 
** Hips firm and feet — cl6se ! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn ! 
Arm-extensiou (or stretching), backward — one! Two! (or 
Start! Stop!) . . . To the right (1.)— turn! " etc. 

4. Yd. c turn stride st. arch flex. (§ 39). " Feet side- 
ways and arms sideways stretch — dne ! Two ! Trunk to the 
left (r.) — turn! Backward — bend! Upward — stretch! . . . 
Forward — bend ! Upward — stretch ! " etc. 

5. Wg. courtesy sitt. 2 A. ext. sidew. (§ 41 ). " Hips 

— firm! Heels — lift! All the way down, knees — bend! 
Arm-extension (or stretching), sideways — one! Two! . . . 
Position! '* 

6. i Str. yd. c stoop stride st. 2 A. elev. (§ 42). 

*' Feet sideways and hips firm — dne! Two! Trunk forward 

— bend ! Left (r.) arm upward, right (1.) arm sideways stretch 
palm up — one ! Two ! Arm-elevation (or lifting) — one ! Two ! " 
. . . (One arm is raised while the other is lowered, the angle 
between the arms remaining 90°.) Hips — firm ! Trunk up- 
ward — stretch ! Position ! ' ' 

7. Rest close toe st. slow march (§ 33, 11). Feet 
close and neck — firm ! Heels — lift ! Slowly forward march 

— one! Two! One! Two!" . . . Compare VII., 7. 

8. Yd. c foot gr. I St. T. backw. flex. For foot gr. \ 
St. pos. See XXIV., 8. For movement see XXIX., 8. 

In absence of desks give Stoop/all F. placing. (§ 34, 7). 
" Stoopf ailing —one ! Two! Feet forward place — dne! 
Backward — twd ! The same — dne ! Twd . . . Position ! " 
1 = first part of stoopfall. pos. 

9. h str. wg. wlk. c St. T. sidew. flex. (§ 35, 4) . " Feet 
close and hips — firm ! Left (r.) foot forward — place ! Right 
(1.) arm upward stretch — one! Twd! Trunk to the left (r.) 

— bend! Upward — stretch !" etc. Remember to bend only 
to the side of the advanced foot. 

10. 180° Upw. jump. " Turning 180° to the left (r.) up- 
ward jump — dne ! Two ! Thr^e ! Four ! Five ! " 3 = jump and 
turn just before landing ; land in usual manner; etc. 

11. Rest wlk. d St. 2 Heel-elev. (§ 30, 8). In classroom 
first Right (1.) oblique — face ! " Then " Right (1.) foot cross- 
wise forward and neck — firm! Heels — lift! Sink! The 
same — dne! Two!'* etc. 

12. Yd. dturn st. 2 A. elev. (§ 46). "Arms sideways 

— hft ! Hands — turn ! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn ! " etc. Com- 
pare XXIX., 12. End by Yd. a st. 2 A. Jig. See III., 11. 



School Gymnastics 



93 



XXXI. 

1. Str. wlk. a St. DOS. in series (§ 38). In the school, 
room: "Right (1.) oblique — face! Arm-stretching upward, 
foot-placing sideways forward, left (r.) — one! Tw6! One! 
Tw6 1 " 1 = Bend st. pos. ; 2 = str. wlk. a st., the left (r.) foot 
advanced.) Later: "Startl . . . Stop!" Position! Left (r.) 
— fdcel" etc. 

In the hall command :...*' foot-placing sideways forward, 
left and right — " str. wlk. a st. pos. is then taken alternately 
to each side. 

2. Wg. toe St. 2 kn. flex, to sitt. pos. See XIX., 5. 

3. St. 2 A. ext. upw. slowly (§ 33. l). " Slowly, arms 
upward stretch — one! Tw6! The same — one! Two! . . . 
Position!" The arms move through yd. e pos. (Fig. 7. 6), 
slowly into str. pos. (Fig. 7. 4), elbows drawn well back and 
hands extended. 

4. Yd. turn st. arch flex. (§ 39). (In the class-room, 
first: "Right (1.) oblique — face!") "Arms sideways — lift! 
Trunk to the left (r.)— turn! Backward — bend I Upward — 
stretch!" . . . Forward — bend ! Upward — stretch ! " . . . 

5. Yd. wlk. h St. 2 kn. flex. For commencing pos^ 
command as in IX., 2, for movement as in IV., 5. 

6. Yd. h stoop St. 2 A. flg. "Arms half forward — 
bend! (§ 32. 8.) Trunk forward — bend! Arm-flinging up- 
ward— dne! Two! 6ne! Two!" . . . (1 = Yd. e; 2 = Yd, 
6). Trunk upward — stretch ! Position ! " 

7. Marching. 

8. Stoopfall. H. rot. (§ 34. 7). "Hands on the chairs — 
place ! Feet backward — place ! Head rotation {or turning) 
left and right — one ! Two ! . . . Forward — turn ! Position ! " 

9. Yd. c wlk. c St. T. rot. Command for commencing 
pos. as in X., 2. " Trunk to the left (r.) — turn ! " Rotate to 
the side of the advanced foot. 

10. 180° upw. jump (§ 45). See XXX., 10, to alter- 
nate with 1 step's start forw. jump. See XXVIII., 10. 

11. Str. St. 2 Heel-elev. (§ 32. 5 and 31. 2). 

12. Bend turn close st. 2 A. ext. to Yd. d (§ 46). 
" Arms upward — bend ! Feet — close ! Trunk to the left (r.) — 
turn! Arm-extension (or stretching) sideways, palms up, 
breathe in— one! Breathe out — two! The same — one! 
Two!" . . . 



94 



School Gymnastics 



XXXII. 

1. Yd. c St. 2 A. fig. forw. See XVIII., 6. 

2. Yd. c toe St. H. rot. Arms sideways — lift ! Heels — 
lift ! Head rotation (or turning), left and right — one ! Two ! 
. . . Position! 

3. St. slow. 2 A. ext. upw. See XXXI., 3, to alternate 
with XVII., 6. 

4. Yd. c turn close st. arcti flex. (§ .39). Command 
as in XIX., 9, followed by " Trunk backward — bend! " etc. 

5. Yd. a courtesy st. 2 A. fig". (§ 41). "Arms for- 
ward—bend! Heels — lift! To right angles, knees — bend! 
Arm -flinging — one! (Yd. c). Two! One! Two! . . .Position! " 

6. Wg. Stoop stride st. 2 A. ext. to Yd. d (§ 42). 
'* Feet sideways place and hips — firm! Trunk forward — 
bend ! Arm-extension sideways, slowly, palms up — one ! 
Two! "... 

7. Marching". 

8. Stoopfalling F. placing (§ 43). Stoop-falling 
position — one! Twc' ! (See XXXI., 8). Feet forward place 

— one! " (If the hands are on the floor, put feet near them; 
if on chairs, put feet as far forward as possible.) *' Backward 

— two! The same — one! Two! . . . Position!" 

9. i str. wg. turn stride st. T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). 
" Feet sideways place and hips — firm ! Trunk to the left (r.) 

— turn! Right (1.) arm upward stretch — one! Twd! Trunk 
to the left (r.) — bend! Upward — stretch!" . . . Bend to 
the side opposite the extended arm. 

10. Two Steps start forw. jump. (§ 45). "Left 
(r.) and right (1.) foot forw. jump — one'^two ! Thr6e ! Four! 
Five ! " 1 =left (r.) foot in wlk. h pos. ; 2 = right (1.) foot passes 
the other one and springs the body from the ground ; 3= land in 
usual manner. The arms swing forward to assist the movement. 

— To alternate with wg. toe J at. quick ju7np forw. See XXX,, 
10. 

11. Str. stride st. 2 Heel-elev. (§ 41, p. 54). Com- 
mand: see XIII., 2, and § 31. 2. 

12. Yd.d turn close st. 2 A. elev. (§ 46). ''Feet- 
close! Arms sideways — lift! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn! 
Hands — turn! Arms lift and breathe in — one! Sink and 
breathe out — two ! The same — one! Two!" , . . 



School Gymnastics 



96 



XXXIII. 

1. Str. wlk. c St. pos. in series (§ 38). "Feet — 
close! Foot-placing forward, arm-extension upward — One! 
Two! Three! Four!" . . . Later Start! . . . Stop!" land 
3 = bend close st. pos. ; 2 and 4 = str. wlk. c st. pos., with each 
foot alternating. 

2. Wg. fallout, b St. pos. (§ 30. 11). ''Hips — firm! 
Left (r.) foot forward (backward) — falldut! Change feet — 
one! Two!" . . . 

3. St. 2 A. ext. forw. and backw. in series (§ 40). 

"Arm-extension {or stretching) forward and backward — 
start! Stop! " . . . 

4. ^ str. wg". turn wlk. a st. arch flex. (§ 39). (In 
the schoolroom, first : " Right (1.) od/zgwe — face!") Left (r.) 
foot sideways forward place and hips — firm! Trunk to left 
(r.) — turn ! {Rotate to the side of the advanced foot.) Right (1.) 
arm upward stretch — one! Two! {The arm opposite the 
advanced foot.) Backward — bend! Upward — stretch! . . . 
Forward — bend! Upward — stretch ! " . . . etc. 

5. Yd. c St. L. elev. backw. (§ 41). "Arms side- 
ways —lift! Left (r.) leg backward —lift! (Fig. 3. 1.) Change 
feet — one ! Two ! The same — one ! Two ! . . . Position ! " 

6. Str. stoop. St. 2 A. flex, to Yd. e (§ 42). "Arms 
upward — stretch ! Trunk forward — bend ! Half way, slowly, 
arms — bend ! (Fig. 7. 6.)j Stretch ! The same — one ! Two ! " . . . 

7. Marching. 

8. Rest ly. excentric 2 L. elev. (§ 43). "Lie on 
your back! (XYIL, 8.) Neck — firm! Knees upward — 
bend! (= cr. a pos. Fig.S,2.) Knees — stretch! {=cr. b pos. 
Fig. 3. 3.) Legs— sink! The same — one! Two! Three!" . . . 

If the floor cannot be used, apply XXXIV., 8, or XXXII., 8. 

9. Yd. c wlk. c St. rev. T. rot. (§ 44). For com- 
mencing pos. see X., 2. For movement see § 34, 6. Rotate to 
the side of the backward foot. 

10. Two steps start forw. jump. See XXXII., 10, to 

alternate with Sidew.jump. See XVI., 9. 

11. Str. close st. 2 Heel-elev. § 30. 3; 32. 5; 31. 2. 

12. Turn close st. 2 A. elev. forw. upw. (§ 46). 
"Feet — close) Trunk to the left (r.) — turn! Arms forward 
upward — lift (breathe in) ! Sideways downward — sink 
(breathe out) ! The same — <5ne ! Two!" . . . 



96 



School Gymnastics 



XXXIY. 

1. Str. wlk. d St. pos. in series. (§ 10. 2). «*Left (r.) 

foot crosswise forward place and arms upward stretch — one! 
Two! Arm-extension, change feet — one! Two! . . . Posi- 
tion!" For space in class-room, compare XXIX., 2. For 
small children substitute XXXI., 1. 

2. Wg. St. slow 2 Kn. flex. See XXVII., 2. 

3. Turn St. 2 A. ext. sidew. (§ 40). Hips — firm! 
Trunk to the left (r.) turn! Arm-extension sideways — one! 
Two! One! Two! "... 

4. h Str. wg. turn wlk. b at. arch flex. (§ 39). 

" Hips — firm! Left (r.) foot forward — place ! Trunk to the 
left (r.) — turn! Right (1.) arm upward stretch — one! Two! 
Trunk backward — bend ! Upward— stretch ! Backward — 
bend! Upward — stretch! " Repeat to the other side; then: 
"Position! Arms upward— stretch ! Trunk forward down- 
ward — bend!" (Fig. 10.) "Upward — stretch! Position!" 

5. Yd. c close toe st. slow march. "Feet — close! 
Arms sideways — lift! Heels — lift! Slowly, forward march 
— one! Two!" . . . Compare VI., 7. 

6. Yd. c fallout St. 6 2 A. giro. (§ 42). "Hips — firm! 
Left (r.) foot backward — fallout! Arms sideways — stretch! 
Arm-circumduction (or circling) — start! Stop! Arm-exten- 
sion, change feet — one ! Two! "... 

7. Marching". 

8. i str. Kn. st. T. backw. flex. (§ 4.3). "Hips — 
firm! Heels — lift! Kneel! Left (r.) arm upward — stretch! 
Trunk backward — bend! (Fall from the knees; do not arch 
the body.) Upward — stretch!" . . . 

9. ^ str. wg. turn wlk. c st. T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). 
"Feet close and hips — firm! Left (r.) foot forward — place! 
To the left (r.) — turn ! Right (1.) arm upward — stretch ! To 
the left (r.) — bend!" Rotate and bend to the side of the 
advanced foot, with the opposite arm extended. 

10. Yd. c toe ^ St. forw. jump. Compare XXIII., 10. 
and XXX., 10. 

To be followed by 2 A. fling, upw.jump. See XX., 10. 

11. Str. wlk. a st. 2 Heel-elev. See XIV., 2, and 
§ .31. 2. 

12. Turn close st. 2 A. elev. sidew. upw. (§ 46). 
"Feet — cl6se! Trunk to the left (r.)— turn! Arms side- 
ways upward — lift (breathe in)! Sideways downward — 
sink (breathe out) ! The same — one! Two!" . . » 

Begin and end lesson by H. flex, backw. and StJCi^^ % 
Heel-elev. 



School Gymnastics 97 



XXXV. 

1. St. 2 A. ext. sidew. See I., il. 

2. W&. stride at. 2 Heel-elev. in series. In class- 
room, first: "Right (1.) — face !" — '* Hips — firm ! Foot 
placing sideways, heel-elevation, left (r.)— one! Two! 
Three! Four! ... or start! . . . Stop!" land 3 = wg. 
stride st.; 2 = wg. stride toe st. ; 4=Wg. st. 

3. Turn St. 2 A. ext. upw. Trunk to the left (re- 
turn! Arm-extension upward — one! Two! One! Two! "... 

4. ^ str. wg. wlk. c st. arch flex. (§ 39). For Wg. 
wlk. c St., see V., 2. Then: "Right (1.) arm upward — 
stretch!" (The arm opposite the advanced foot.) Trunk 
backward — bend! Upward — stretch ! " . . . Repeat with 
each foot in advance, then form fund. pos. " Arms upward — 
stretch! Trunk forward downward — bend ! " . . . 

5. Yd. c courtesy st. H. rot. (§ 41). "Arms side- 
ways — lift! Heels — lift! Knees — bend! Head rotation (or 
turning), left and right — one! Two! . . . Forward — turn ! 
Position! " 

6. Yd. a fallout st. 6 2 A. fling. (§ 42). " Arms for- 
ward bend and left (r.) foot backward — fallout! Arm-flinging 
— <5ne! Two! " . . . 

7. Marching. 

8. ^ str. wg. Foot gr.sitt.T.backw. flex. Forcomg. 

?o8. compare XXII., 8. Left (r.) arm upward — stretch! 
'runk backward — bend ! " . . . 

If desks are not at hand and floor is not suitable, apply 
XXXIV., 8. 

9. Yd. c Kn. St. T. rot. (§ 44). "Heels — lift! Kn^el! 
Arms sideways — stretch ! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn ! " . . . 

10. 3 steps' start forw. jump. " Three steps, left (r.) 

foot forward jump — one, two'^three l^Four ! Five ! Six ! The 
same right (1.) foot — one, two^three I-^Four ! Five ! Six ! Com- 
pare XXXII., 10. 

To be followed by 90' upw. jump. See XII., 10. 

11. Str. wlk. h St. 2 Heel-elev. See XV. , 2 and § 31. 2. 

12. Yd. c turn close st. 2 A. circ. For commencing, 
pos., see XIX., 9. Then " Arm-circumduction, respiration — 
start 1 . . . Stop ! " 

Begin and end by H. sidew. flex, and H. flex, backw. 



98 



School Gymjiastics 



XXXYI. 

1. St. 2 A. elev. sidew. See v., ii. 

2. Wg". wlk. a St. 2 Heel-elev. in series. " Hips — 
firm! Foot-placing sideways forward, heel-elevation, left (r.) 

— one! Two! Three! Four! The same, right (1.)— one! 
. . , Four! or". . . left and right — start! . . . Stop!" Com- 
pare XIX., 2. 

3. St. 2 A. ext. forw. and upw. in series (§ 40). 
"Arm-extension forward and upward — start! . . . Stop! 
Position!" (or". . . one! Two! Three! Four! Continue! 
. . . Stop!") 

4. ^ str. wg-. turn stride st. arch flex. (§ 39). " Feet 
sideways place and hips — firm ! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn ! 
Right (1.) arm upward — stretch ! Trunk backward — bend! 
Upward — stretch ! . . . Forward — turn ! Arms upward — 
stretch! Trunk forward downward — bend!" . . . 

5. Yd. c cr. a \ st. pos. (§ 41). "Arms sideways — 
lift! Left (r.) knee upward — bend! Change feet — one! 
Two ! " . . . 

6. Yd. c fallout St. 6 2 A. rot. (§ 42). " Hips— firm! 
Left (r.) foot backward — fallout ! Arms sideways— stretch ! 
Hand-turning — one! Twb ! " . . . 

7. Marching. 

8. ^ str. wg. F. gr. sitt. T. backw. flex. (§ 43). See 
XXXV., 8, or substitute XXXVII., 8. 

9. i str. wg. turn st. T. sidew. fiex. (§ 44). " Hips — 
firm! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn! Right (1.) arm upward 

— stretch!... Trunk to the left — bend! Upward — stretch!" 
Compare XXXII., 9. 

10. Yd. c toe k St. quick jump forw. See XXXIV., 
10. 

Followed hy2 A. and L. fling upw. jump. See XXIV., 10. 

11. Str. St. alt. toe-elev. See § 32. 6, and § 31. 3. 

12. Yd. a turn stride st. 2 A. fling. (§ 46). "Feet 
sideways — place ! Arms forward — bend! Trunk to the left 
(r.)— turn! Arm-flinging (respiration) — <5ne ! Two! One I 
Two! " . . . 



School Oymnastics 99 



XXXYII. 

1. Yd. a St. 2 A. flg. See III., 11. 

2. Wg. wlk. h St. 2 Heel-elev. in series (§ 38). 
" Hips — firm ! Foot-placing forward, heel-elevation, left and 
right — start! . . , Stop!" 

Compare XXXV., 2. 

.3. Turn St. 2 A. ext. backw. (§ 40). Trunk to the 
left (r.; — turn! Arm-extension backward — one ! Two! 
One ! Tw6 ! " . . . 

4. \ str. wg-. close st. arch flex. (§ 39). " Feet close 
and hips— firm! Left (r.) arm upward — stretch! Trunk 
backward — bend! Upward — stretch ! " . . . Repeat twice 
with each arm up; then "Arms upward — stretch! Trunk 
forward, downward — bend ! " . . . 

5. Yd. c stride st. 2 Kn. flex. (§ 41). Commencing 
pos. : see VII., 2. Movement : see § 30. 15. 

6. Wg. fallout St. & 2 A. swim (§ 42). Comg. pos. : 
see XX., 5. Movement : see XX., 6. 

7. Marching". 

8. Stoopfall. alt. L. elev. (§ 43) . Comg. pos. : see 
§34.7. Then ''Left (r.) leg — lift! Change feet — (5ne ! Two! 
. . . Position ! " The leg is lifted straight backward as high 
as possible. In mixed schools substitute XXXVIII., 8. 

9. Rest close st. T. rot. (§ 44). ''Feet close and 
neck — firm! Trunk to the left (r.)— turn! Forward — 
turn! "... 

10. 3 Steps' Start forw. jump. See XXXV., 10. 
Followed by 180" upw.jump. See XXX., 10. 

11. Str. wlk. c St. 2 Heel-elev. XVI., 2, and § 31. 2. 

12. St. 2 A. elev. sidew. and 2 Kn. flex. (§ 46). 
*' Arm-elevation (or lifting) sideways and knee-flexion (or 
bending) — one! Two! One! Two!" . . . 1 = The arms 
are raised into yd. c pos. while the knees bend to courtesy st. 

OS. (the heels rising as the knees bend) ; inhalation occurs 
uring this motion. 2 = Fund. pos. is resumed while exhala- 
tion occurs. 



100 School Gymnastics 



XXXYIII. 

1. Bend st. 2 A. ext. to Yd. d. See VII., 11. 

2. Wg. wlk. d St. 2 Heel-elev. in series (§ 38). 

** Hips — firm ! Foot-placing crosswise forward, heel-elevation 

— start! . . . stop!" Compare XXXV., 2. For little folks 
substitute XXXVI., 2, and do the foot-placing backward. 

3. St. 2 A. ext. backw. and upw. in series (§ 40). 

Arm-extension backward and upward — start! . . . Stop!" 
(Or "... one! Two! Three! Fdur! Continue! ") 

4. ^ str. wg. turn st. arch flex. (§ 39). *' Hips- 
firm ! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn ! Right (1. ) arm upward — 
stretch! Trunk backward — bend! Upward — stretch!" . . . 
Repeat to the other side; then *' Forward — turn! Arms up- 
ward — stretch! Trunk forward downward — bend!" . . . 

5. Yd. c stride courtesy st. H. rot. (§ 41). ** Feet 

sideways place and arms sideways — stretch! Heels — lift! 
Knees — bend ! Head rotation (or turning), left and right — 
one ! Two ! 6ne ! Tw6 ! " . . . 

6. Wff. fallout St. 5 2 A. ext. to i str. Yd. c (§ 42). 

Comg. pos. see XX., 5. Movt. : see IX., 3. 

7. Marching. 

8. h str. h Kn. St. T. backw. flex. (§ 43). *'Hips — 

firm ! On the left (r.) — kn6el ! " (§ 30. 21). Right (1.) arm upw. 

— stretch ! Trunk backward — bend I Upward — stretch I " . . . 

9. i str. wg". turn close st. T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). 
"Feet close and liips — firm! Trunk to the left (r.)— turn! 
Right (1.) arm upward — stretch ! To the left (r.) — bend ! " etc. 

10. Wg". stride toe st. quick jump, feet strike 
(§45). *' Feet sideways place and hips — firm! Heels — lift! 
Quick jump, feet strike — one! Two! 6ne! Tw6! . . . 
Heels — sink I Position ! " Jump and strike the feet together 
and land in wg. stride toe st. pos. with slightly bent knees; 
and repeat continuously, each landing serving as the start for 
the next jump. 

To be followed by Forw, jump. See XI., 9. 

11. Str. St. alt. toe and Heel elev. § 32. 6, and § 31. 4. 

12. Turn stride st. 2 A. elev. sidew. (§ 46). "Feet 
sideways — place! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn! Arms side- 
ways lift and breathe in — one ! Sink and breathe out — two I 
The same — one! Two! "... 



School Gymnastics 



101 



XXXIX. 

1. St. 2 A. elev. forw. upw. See XL, 11. 

2. Yd. c stride st. 2 Heel-elev. in series. In the 
classroom, first : Right (1.) — face ! " — " Arm-extension 
sideways, foot-placing sideways and heel-elevation, left and 
right — one! Two! Three! Four! One! Two! Three! 
Four! ... (or Start! Stop!)" l = Bend st. pos.; 2=Yd. c 
stride st. pos. to the left (r.); 3 = Heels lift; 4 = Heels sink. 

3. Turn close st. 2 A. ext. sidew., palms up 
(§40). ** Feet — close ! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn ! Arm- 
extension sideways, palms up — one! Two! One! Tw6! " . . . 

4. 1 str. wg. St. arch flex. (§ 39). *' Hips — firm! 
Left (r.) arm upward — stretch! Trunk backward — bend! 
Upward — stretch ! . . . Arms upward — stretch ! Trunk for- 
ward downward — bend!" . . . 

5. Yd. c St. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. pos. (§ 41). "Arms 
sideways — lift! Heels — lift! All the way down, knees — 
bend ! Knees — stretch ! Heels — sink ! The same — one ! . . . 
Four! "... 

6. Wg. fallout St. 5 2 A. ext. upw. (§ 42). Comg. 
pos. : see XX., 5. Movt. : see II., 3. 

7. Marching. 

8. i str. wg. F. gr. ^ st. T. backw. flex. For wg. F. 
gr. \ St., see XXIV:, 8. Then "Right (1.) arm upward- 
stretch! Trunk backward — bend! Upward — stretch!" . . . 
(Fall; do not arch.) 

In absence of desks apply XXXVIII,, 8. 

9. Rest St. T. rot. (§ 44). " Neck — firm! Trunk to the 
left (r.) — turn! "... 

10. Porw. jump over marks (§ 45). Make two chalk 
marks on the floor about two feet apart; let the pupils jump 
over the lines to commands as in XI., 9. 

To be followed by One step's start forw. jump. See 
XXVIII., 10. 

11. str. wlk. d St. 2 Heel-elev. See XVII., 2, and 
§ 31. 2. 

12. Yd. a walking. 2 A. fling. (§ 46). " With arm 
forward flexion and sideways flinging, forward march — one! 
Two! Three! One! Two! Three! . . . Position!" 1 = 
Yd. a wlk. b st. pos. with the left (r.) foot ; 2 = the right (1.) 
foot takes a step forward; 3= the left (r.) foot takes a step 
forward, while the arms are flung into Yd. c pos. Inhalation 
occurs at 3, exhalation at 1. 



102 School Gyinnastics 



XL. 

1. Yd. d St. 2 A. elev. See IX., 11. 

2. Yd. c wlk. a St. 2 Heel-elev. in series. "Arm 

extension sideways, foot-placing sideways forward and heel- 
elevation — one ! Two ! Three ! Four ! One ! Two ! Three ! 
Four! . . . (or start! . . . Stop!)" For execution, compare 
XXXIX., 2. For space, compare VIII., 2. 

3. St. 2 A. ext. forw., sidew. and upw. in series 

(§ 40). "Arm forward, sideways, and upward — stretch! 
(or One! Two! Three! Four! Five! Six!) Continue! 
. . . Position! " 

4. i str. wg. turn close st. arch flex. (§ .39). 

"Feet close and hips — firm! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn! 
Right (1.) arm upward — stretch! Trunk backward — bend! 
Upward — stretch ! " . . . followed by Str. stride st. T. forw, 
dowmo. fiex. 

5. Bend courtesy sitt. 2 A. ext. sidew. (§ 41). 

"Arms upward — bend! Heels — lift! All the way down 
knees — bend! Arm-extension sideways— one ! Two! 6ne! 
Two! . . . Position! " 

6. Str. fallout St. 6 2 A. fling. (§ 42). ''Hips — 
ffrm! Left (r.) foot backward — fallout! Arms upward — 
stretch! Arms forward — sink!" (Reach pos.) "Upward 
— fling ! The same — one ! Two ! " . . . 

7 Marching. 

8. Wg. fall. Kn. St. T. rot. (§ 43). "Hips — firm! 
Kn6el! Trunk backward — bend! (See XVIII., 8.) To the left 
(r.) — turn! To the right (1.) — turn ! Forward — turn ! " . . . 

9. Rest. Stride st. T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). "Feet 
sideways place and neck — firm ! Trunk to the left (r.) — 
bend! Upward — stretch!" . . . 

10. Wg. Stride toe st. quick jump, feet strike. 

See XXXVIII., 10. 

Followed by Sidew. jump. See XVII., 10. 

11. Wg. St. 2 Kn. flex. See XXVII., 2. 

12. Bend turn stride st. 2 A. ext. to Yd. d (§ 46). 

"Feet sideways — place ! Arms upward — bend! Trunk to 
the left (r.) — turn! Arm-extension sideways, palms up — 
one ! Two ! " . . . Inhale when the arms extend, exhale when 
they bend. 



School Gymnastics 103 



XLI. 

1. St. 2 A. elev. sidew. upw. See xill., ii. 

2. Yd. c wlk. h St. 2 Heel-elev. in ser. Arm- 
extension sideways, foot-placing forward and heel -elevation 
— one! Twd! Three! Four!" . . . Compare XXXIX., 2. 

3. Turn wlk. a st. 2 A. ext. upw. (§ 40). In class- 
room, first ''Right (1.) oblique — face!" — Left (r.) foot side- 
ways forward — place! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn! Arm- 
extension upward— start ! . . . Stop! Position! 

4. i str. wg. Stride sfc . arch flex. (§ 39). *' Feet 
sideways place and hips — firm! Left (r.) arm upward — 
stretch! Trunk backward — bend! Upward — stretch!" 
. . . Followed by Str. stride st. T. forw. downrd. flex. 

6. Yd. ccr.a^ st. F. flex, and ext. (§ 41). Comg. pos. : 
see XXXVI., 5. Then "Foot flexion and extension — one ! 
Two! " ... See XI., 5. 

6. Str. fallout St. 6 2 A. elev. (§ 42). Comg. pos. as 
XL., 6. Then "Arms sideways — sink ! " (Yd. d pos.) 
"Lift! The same — one! Two!" . . . 

7. Marching. 

8. Str. ly. excentric 2 L. elev. Comg. pos. as XXV., 
8. Then *' Knees upward — bend!" (= cr. a pos. of both 
legs.) " Knees — stretch ! " (= Legs vertical.) "Legs — 
sink ! " (= The straight legs sink to the floor.) " The same — 
one ! Two ! Three ! " . . . 

If the floor cannot be used, apply XXXI., 8. 

9. Rest Stride st. T. rot. (§ 44). " Feet sideways place 
and neck — firm! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn! Forward — 
turn! "... 

10. Forw. jump over marks. See XXXIX., 10. 
Followed by 2 steps' start forw. jump. See XXXIII., 10. 

11. Wg. Wlk. h St. slow. 2 Kn. flex. See IV., 5. 

12. Yd. d St. 2 A. elev. and 2 Kn. flex. (§ 46). 
** Arms sideways — lift! Hands — turn! Arm-elevation (or 
lifting), knee-flexion {or bending) — one! Two! The same 
breathe in— one! Breathe out — two! " . . . The heels rise 
while the knees bend ; they sink while the knees stretch. 



104 School Gymnastics 



XLII. 

1. St. 2 A. elev. sidew. and 2 Kn. flex. See 

XXXVII., 12. 

2. Yd. c wlk. c 2 Heel-elev. in series. "Feet — 
close! Arm-extension sideways, foot-placing forward and 
heel-elevation, left (r.) — one! Two! Thr6e! Four! . . . (or 
*' . . . left and right — start! . . . Stop!)" For execution see 
XXXIX., 2. 

3. St. 2 A. ext.forw., sidew. andbackw. in series 

(§ 40). "Arms forward, sideways and backward — stretch! 
. . . Continue ! Position ! " 

4. Rest wlk. h St. arch flex. (§ 39). Commenc. 
pos. : see § 32. 3, and § 30. 6. " Trunk backward — bend ! Up- 
ward — stretch ! . . . Arms upward — stretch ! Trunk for- 
ward downward — bend ! Upward — stretch ! Neck — firm I 
Change feet — 6ne! Two!" etc. 

5. Yd. a courtesy sitt. 2. A. fling. (,§ 41). ''Arms 

forward — bend! Heels — lift! All, the way down, knees — 
bend! Arm-flinging — one ! Two! One! Two! . . . Posi- 
tion! " 

6. Reach fallout st. 6 2 A. fling. (§ 42). "Hips — 
firm! Left (r.) foot backward (forw.) — fall<3ut! Arms for- 
ward — stretch ! Arm-flinging upward — <5ne ! Two ! " . . . 
Compare XL., 6. 

7. Marching. 

8. Wg. fall, foot gr. sitt. T. rot. (§ 13). For com- 
menc. pos. see XXIL, 8. (§ 34. 3, and Fig. 13.) " Trunk to the 
left (r.) — turn! Forward — turn! . . . Trunk upward — 
stretch ! Position ! " 

9. Rest St. T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). "Neck — firm! 
Trunk to the left (r.) — bend ! Upward — stretch ! " 

10. Wg. Wlk. toe St. jump. (§45). "Hips— firm! 
Left (r.) foot crosswise forward — place! Heels — lift! Jump 
and change feet — one! Two! One! Two!" . . . Compare 
Wg. wlk. b. toe St. jump. (XVIII., 10), which is used as sub- 
stitute if space forbids the use of the first one. 

To be followed by 2 steps' start forw. jump. See XXXIII., 
10. 

11. Wg. Stride st. slow 2 Kn. flex. See XXVIIL, 2. 

12. Yd. d turn stride st. 2 A. elev. (§ 46). " Feet 
sideways place and arms sideways — stretch! (See VII., 2.) 
Trunk to the left (r.) — turn ! Hands — tiirn ! Arms — lift ! 
Sink I The same, breathe in — one! Breathe out — 
two!" ... 



School Gymnastics 



105 



XLIII. 

1. Yd. d St. 2 A. elev. See IX., 11. 

2. Yd. c wlk. d St. 2 Heel-elev. in ser. (§ 38) . ** Arm- 
extension sideways, foot -placing crosswise forward and heel- 
elevation — one! Two! Three! Four!'* . . . For execution 
see XXXIX., 2, which may be used as substitute for little 
folks. 

3. Turn stride st. 2 A. ext. backw. (§ 40). ** Feet 
sideways — pUce ! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn! Arm- 
extension backward — start! . . . Stop! " 

4. Rest wlk. c St. arch. flex. (§ 39). Comg. pos. see 
§ 30. 7 and § 32. 3. Movt. : § 34. 2 and § 35. 3. 

5. Yd. c courtesy sitt. H. rot. (§ 41). Pos.: see 
XXXIX., 5. Movt. : see Xll., 6. 

6. Yd. d fallout St. b 2. A. elev. (§ 42). Pos. XXXVI., 
6. " Hands — turn ! Arms — lift ! Sink ! The same — one ! 
Two! "... 

7. Marching. 

8. Stoopfall. P. placing (§ 43). See XXXII., 8. 

9. Rest wlk. a St. T. rot. (§44). <*Left (r.) foot side- 
ways forward place, and neck — firm! Trunk to the left (r.) 
— turn! " .... Compare IV., 2 and VII., 8. 

10. Sidew. jump, over marks. Make two marks on 
floor. Pupil stands with his right (1.) side turned towards 
them. ** To the right (1.) jump — <5ne! . . . Five!" . . . Com- 
pare XVI., 9 and XXXIX., 10. 

To be followed by 3 steps^ start forw. jump. *' Three 
steps, left (r.) foot, forward jump — one ^ two ^ three I ! 
Four I Five ! Six ! " Compare XLI., 10. 

11. Wg. fallout St. a Heel-elev. (Page 54). " Hips — 
firm! Left (r.) foot sideways forward — fallout! Heel- 
elevation — (5ne! Two! One! Two!" . . . 1 = The heel of 
the advanced foot is raised, this knee bending a little more. 
2 = The heel is lowered. Compare XVII., 5. 

12. Turn stride st. 2. A elev. forw. upw. (§ 46). 
'* Feet sideways — place ! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn ! Arms 
forward upward — lift! Sideways, downward — sink ! The 
same, breathe in — one 1 Breathe out — two ! " 



106 



School Gymnastics 



XLIV. 

1. Yd. c St. 2 A. circ. See XV., 11. 

2. Rest stride st. 2 Heel-elev. in ser. (§ 38). In the 

classroom first "Right (1.) — face!" "Neck — firm! Foot- 
placing sideways, heel-elevation left and right — (5ne ! Two ! 
Three I Four ! " . . . 1 = left (r.) foot sideways place. 2 = 
heels lift. 3 = heels sink! 4 = left (r.) foot resumes fund, 
pos. 

3. St. 2 A. ext. forw., backw. and upw. in ser. 

(§ 40). "Arms forward, backward and upward stretch — 
start! . . . Stop! Position!" 

4. Rest turn wlk. a st. arch flex. (§ 39). Pos. = 
XLIII.,9. Movt. = § 34. 2 and § 35. 3. 

5. Yd. c stride st. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. (§ 41). Com. 
pos. = VII., 2. Movt. = XIV., 5. 

6. Wg. fallout St. 6 2 A. ext. to Yd. d (§ 42). Com. 
pos. ^ XX., 5. Movt. = VII., 11. 

7. Marching". 

8. Wg. fall h Kn. St. T. rot. (§ 43). "Hips— firm! 
On the left (r.) — kneel. Trunk backward — bend! (§ 34. 3). 
Trunk to the right (1.) — turn! Forward — turn!" . . . Ro- 
tate to the side of the forv/ard foot. 

9. Rest close st. T. sidew. flex. (§44). "Feet close 
and neck — firm! Trunk to the left (r.) — bend! Upward — 
stretch ! " . . . 

10. Wg". wlk d toe St. quick jump. See XLII., 10. 

Followed by A. fig. upw. jump. See XXI., 10. 

11. Wg. fallout St. c Heel-elev. (Page 54). Com. 
poR.;§ 30. 12. " Heel-elevation — 6ne! Two!" . . . See 
XLIII., 11. 

12. Turn stride st. 2 A. elev. sidew. upw. (§ 46). 
Com. pos. XLiil., 12. "Arms sideways upward — lift! 
Sideways downward — sink! The same, breathe in — onel 
Breathe out — two! "... 



School Gymnastics 107 



XLY. 

1. St. 2 A. elev. sidew. and 2 Heel-elev. See 
XVIII., 12. 

2. Rest wlk. h St. 2 Heel-elev. in ser. See XLIV., 

2. "Foot-placing forward, heel-elevation — 6ne ! . . . 
Four! "... 

3. Turn wlk. a st. 2 A. ext. sidew. (§ 40). Com. pos, : 
See VII., 8. ** Arm-extension sideways — start ! . . . Stop! 
Position ! " 

4. Rest turn stride st. arch flex. (§ 39). Com. pos. : 
See XLI., 9. Movt. = § 34. 2 and § 35. 3. 

5. Yd. c cr. a i st. Kn. ext. backw. (§ 41) § 32. 9 and 
XIII., 5. 

6. \ str. yd. d fallout st. 6 2 A. elev. (§ 42). " Hips 
— firm. Left (r.) foot backward (forw ) — fallout! Left (r.) 
arm upward, right (1.) arm sideways — stretch! Right (1.) 
hand — turn! Arm-elevation — one ! Two!" . . . 1 = Right 
(1.) arm rises to str. pos., while the left (r.) one is lowered 
into Yd. d pos. 2 = The reverse. — The arms are at right 
angles to each other throughout the movement. 

7. Marching". 

8. Rest ly. slight 2 L. elev. (§ 43). Com. pos. = XIX., 

8. " Slightly, legs — lift ! Sink ! The same — one ! Two ! " . . . 
In case the floor cannot be used apply XXXVII., 8. 

9. Rest. wlk. a st. rev. T. rot. (§ 44). Movt. as in 
XIII., 8. 

10. Sidew. jump, over marks. See XLIII., 10. 
Followed by 90° wpw. jump. See XII., 10. 

11. Wg. St. slow. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. Compare XL., 
11 and X., 5. 

12. Yd. a St. 2 A. flg. and \ step forw. (§ 46). 
*'Arms forward — bend! Arm-flinging, half step forward — 
6ne! Two! Three! Four!" Executed as XXV., 12, except 
that the weight of the body is brought over to the advanced 
foot and the backward heel is raised from the ground. Arch 
the body as the foot advances and the arms fling sideways. 



108 



School Gymnastics 



XLYI. 

1. Yd. d St. 2 A. elev. and 2 Kn. flex. See XLI., 12. 

2. Rest. wlk. a St. 2 Heel-elev. in series. Com- 
pare XLI v., 2 ** Foot-placing sideways forward, heel-eleva- 
tion — 6ne ! . . . Four ! " . . . 

For schoolroom compare XIX., 2. 

3. Turn wlk. h st. 2 A. ext. upw. (§ 40). Com. pes. 
IX., 8. *' Arm-extension upward — start! . . . Stop!" . . . 

4. Rest close st. arch flex. (§ 39). '* Feet close and 
neck — firm ! " Movt. as § 34. 2 and § 36. 3. 

5. Yd. c stride courtesy, sitt. H. rot. (§ 41). ** Feet 

sideways place and arms sideways — stretch! Heels — lift! 
Knees — bend! Sit! Head-rotation left and risrht — <Jne! 
Two!" ... 

6. Yd. h fallout St. 6 2 A. fig. (§ 42). Com. pos. XX., 
5. " Arms half-forward — bend! (§32.8). Arm-flinging up- 
ward — 6ne ! ( Yd. e) Two ! ( Yd. b) ! One ! Two ! " . . . 

7. Marching. 

8. Wg. fall. F. gr. h St. T. rot. (§ 4.3). Com. pes.: 

XXIV., 8. " Backward — bend! Trunk to the left (r.) — 
turn!" . . . Rotate to the side of the elevated leg. — In 
absence of desks substitute XLIV., 8. 

9. Rest. Wlk. h St. T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). *'Left 
(r.) foot forward place and neck — firm! To the left (r,) — 
bend!" . . . Compare X., 8. 

10. Twice upw. jump. "Twice upward jump — 6ne! 
Two! Thr^e! Four! Five! Six!" 1 = toe st.; 2 = cour- 
tesy St.; 3 = jump and land and use this kn. flex, as start for 
4 ; 4 = jump and land in usual form ; 6 = toe st. ; 6= fund, pos. 

To be followed by 1 Step^s start forw. jump. See XXVIII., 
10. 

11. Wg. stride St. slow 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. See 
XXVIII., 2. 

12. Yd. a turn wlk. a st. 2 A. fig. (§46). **Left (r.) 

foot sideways forward — pl^ce ! Trunk to the left (r.) — 
turn! Arms forward — bend I Arm-flinging — <5ne ! Twol 
One! Two! "... 



School Gymnastics 



109 



XLYII. 

1. Yd. a turn close st. 2 A. flg. See XXVII., 12. 

2. Rest wlk. c St. 2. Heel-elev. in ser. Compare 
XLIV., 2. "Feet close and neck — firm! Foot-placing for 
ward, heel-elevation" — etc. 

3. St. 2 A. ext. sidew., backw. and upw. in ser. 
(§ 40). '* Arm-extension sideways, backward and upward — 
start! . . . Stop!" . . . 

4. Rest turn st. arch flex. (§ 39). " Neck— firm ! Trunk 
to the left ( r. ) — turn ! Backward — bend ! Upward — stretch ! 
. . . Forward-— turn! Arms upward — stretch I Trunk for- 
ward downward — bend!" . . . 

5. Rest St. L. elev. sidew. (§ 41). § 32. 3 and § 31. 6. 

6. Yd. c fallout. St. c 2 A. circ (§ 42). "Feet close 
and hips — firm ! Left (r.) foot forward — falldut ! Arms 
sideways — stretch ! Arm-circumduction (§ 33. 4) — start! 
Stop! "... 

7. Marching. 

8. Rest Kn. St. T. backw. flex. C§ 43) . Kn6el! Neck 
— firm! Trunk backward— bend ! {Fall from the knees.) 
Upward — stretch ! " . . . 

9. Rest wlk. h St. T. rot. (§ 44). " Left (r.) foot for- 
ward place and neck — firm! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn ! " 
... To the side of the advanced foot. 

10. 1 step forw. jump over marks. Two marks on 
the floor. Pupil stands one step away and facing the marks. 
" Left (r.) foot forward, jump — one twd ! Three ! Four ! " 
Compare XXVIII., 10. 

Followed by Twice upw, jump. See XL VI., 10. 

11. Wg. wlk. a St. slow 2 Kn. flex. See XXV., 6. 

12. Yd. d turn stride st. 2 A. elev. (§ 46). Com. pos. : 
See XXIII., 9. *' Arms lift, breathe in — one! Sink, breathe 
out — two! The same — one! Two!" . . . 



110 



School Gymnastics 



XLYIII. 

1. Yd. d turn close st. 2 A. elev. See XXIX., 12. 

2. Rest wlk. d St. 2 Heel-elev. in ser. Compare 
XLIV. 2. " Foot-placing crosswise forward, heel-elevation — 
6ne! . . . Four! ". . . 

3. Turn wlk. a st. 2 A ext. backw. (§ 40). Com. 
pos.: See VII., 8. " Arm-extension backward — start ! . . . 
Stop!" . . . 

4. Rest St. arcb flex. (§39). "Neck — firm! Trunk 
backward — bend ! Upward — stretch ! . . . Forward— bend ! 
Upward — stretch ! Arms upward — stretch ! Trunk forward 
downward — bend!" . . . 

5. Yd. c toe St. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. (§ 41). "Arms 
sideways — lift ! Heels — lift ! Knee-flexion all the way 
down — one! Two! One! Two!" . . . 1 = Yd. c courtesy 
sitt. 2 =Yd. c toe st. 

6. Yd. a fallout st. c 2 A. flg. (§ 42). Com. pos. : See 
XXI., 5. '< Arms forward — bend ! Arm-flinging — one ! Two ! 
. . . One! The same, change feet — one ! Twd! Arm-fling- 
ing— One! Two! "... 

7. Marching. 

8. Rest F. gr. sitt. T. backw. flex. (§ 43). Com. 
pos. : See XXII., 8. " Keck — firm ! Trunk backward — bend ! 
Upward— stretch!" . . . 

In absence of desks apply XLVII., 8. 

9. Rest wlk. c St. T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). " Feet close 
and neck — firm ! " etc. Compare XII., 9. Bend to the side of 
the advanced foot. 

10. 1 step's start forw. jump over marks. See 
XLVII., 10. 

Twice forw. jump. Twice forward jump — (5ne! Two! 
Thr^e ! Fdur ! — Five, six ! " Compare XL VI., 10 and XI. , 9. 

11. Wg. Wlk. d St. slow 2 Kn. flex. See XXVI., 5. 

12. Turn wlk. a st. 2 A. elev. sidew. (§ 46). Com. 
pos. : VII., 8. " Arms sideways — lift! Sink I'*... 



School Gymnastics 



111 



XLIX. 

1. Yd. a St. 2 A. flg. and h step forw. See XLV., 12. 

2. Str. stride st. 2 Heel-elev. in series. " Arm- 
extension upward, foot-placing sideways and heel-elevation 

— one ! Two ! Three ! Four ! " For execution see XXXIX. , 2. 

3. St. 2. A. ext. forw., upw. and backw. in 
series (§ 40). " Arm-extension forward, upward, and back- 
ward — start! — Stop! Position!" 

4. Rest turn close st. arch flex. (§ 39). " Feet close 
and neck — tirm! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn! Backward 

— bend! Upward — stretch ! . . . Forward — bend ! Up- 
ward—stretch! " followed by Str. close st. T. forw. downw. 
jiex. 

5. Yd. c cr. a \ st. Kn. ext. forw. (§ 41). " Arms 
sideways — lift! Left (r.) knee upward — bend ! " etc. See 
XXll., 5. 

6. Yd. c fallout St. c 2 A. rot. (§ 42). § 30. 12 and com- 
pare XXX VI., 6. 

7. Marching. 

8. Rest \ Kn. St. T. backw. flex. (§ 43). On the left 
(r.) — kneel ! Neck — firm ! " etc. See XX III., 8. 

9. Rest wlk. c St. T. rot.. (§ 44). Compare XI., 8. 

10. 2 steps' forw. jump over mark. See XL VII., 
10, andXXXm., 10. 

Followed by twice forw. jump. See XLVIII., 10. 

11. Wg. wlk. b St. slow 2 Kn. flex, in ser. See 
XXI., 2. 

12. Bend, turn, wlk. a st. 2 A. ext. to Yd. d (§ 46). 
(Compare IV., 2 and VII., 8.) "Left (r.) foot sideways for- 
ward place and arms upward — bend ! Trunk to the left (r.) — 
turn ! Arm-extension sideways, palms up, breathe in — one I 
breathe out. Two! One! Two!"... Compare VII., 11. 



112 School Gymnastics 



L. 

1. Yd. d turn st. 2 A. elev. See XXX., 12. 

2. Str. wlk. a St. 2 Heel-elev. in series. For com- 

mand and execution compare XL., 2. 

3. Turn wlk. h. st. 2 A. ext. upw. (§ 40). ** Left (r.) 
foot forward — place ! Trunk to the left (r.) —turn ! (See IX., 
8.) Arm-extension upward — start! . . .Stop! Position!" 

4. Rest Stride St. arch fiex. (§ 39). "Feet sideways 
place and neck — firm! Trunk backward (forw.) — bend ! 
Upward — stretch! . . . Arms upward — stretch! Trunk for- 
ward downward — bend!" . . . 

5. Yd. c. wlk. a st. 2 Kn. flex. (§ 41). For execution 
compare VIII., 2 and XXV., 5. 

6. Wg. fallout St. c. 2 A. swim (§ 42). § 30. 12 and 
§ 33. 5. 

7. Marching. 

8. Rest F. gr. h St. T. backw. flex. (§ 43). Com. pos..- 

see XXIV. ,8. "Neck — firm ! Trunk backward — bend ! Up- 
ward—stretch ! " . . . In absence of chairs apply XLIX., 8« 

9. Rest turn stride st.T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). Com- 
pare XIV., 8. 

10. 90° twice upw. jump. Turning 90° to the left (r.) 
and back again to the right (1.), twice upward jump — One! 
Two! Three! Four! Five! Six! " Thelanding at Thr^e! " 
is used as start for " Four ! " Compare XII,, 10. 

Followed by 3 steps^ start forw. jump. See XXXV., 10. 

11. Wg. wlk. a St. slow 2 Kn. flex, in series. See 
XXV., 5. '* Foot-placing sideways forward, heel-elevation and 
knee-flexion — One! . . . Six! 

12. Yd. d turn wlk. a st. 2 A. circ. (§ 46). Com. pos. : 
XLVIII.,12. *• Arm-circumduction- start! . . . St6p! Posi- 
tion!" 



School Gymnastics 113 



LI. 

1. Introductions (see § 38) at the teachers' option and 
chosen among the previous tables, preference given to move- 
ments as different as possible from those of this table, and all 
jumping, arch flexions, and abdominal exercises eliminated. 

2. Str. wlk. h St. 2 Heel-elev. in ser. (§ 38). Com 
pare L., 2, and XLI., 2. 

3. Bend arch turn wlk. a st. 2 A. ext. sidew. (§ 39). 
'* Left (r.) foot sideways forward place and arms upward — 
bendl Trunk to the left (r.)— turn! Backward — bend ! 
Arm-extension sideways — (5ne ! Two! . . . Trunk upward — 
stretch I " . . . Followed by Str, stride st, T. forw. downw. 
flex, 

4. Stoopfall pos. (desks) (§ 40) . " About — face ! Hands 
against ed^e of desks — place ! Feet backward place — one ! 
Two! (Position!) " The body a straight line from head to 
heels. 

In absence of desks apply : 

St, 2 A. ext, sidew,, backw. and upw, in ser. Compare 
XL VII., 8. 

5. Yd. c. toe stride st. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. (§ 41). Com. 
pos. : VII., 2. " Heels — lift I Knee-flexion, all the way down 
^one! Two! One! Tw(3!"... Compare XLVIII., 5. 

6. Wg. fallout St. c 2 A. ext. to h str. yd. (§ 42). 
Compare XXXVIII., 6. 

7. Marching. 

8. Stoopfall alt. L. elev. See XXXVII., 8. 

9. Rest wlk. c St. rev. T. rot. (§ 44). Compare 
XXXIII., 9. 

10. 3 steps' forw. jump, over marks. Compare 
XLVIII., 10. ** Three steps, jump from left (r.) foot — start 1 
Four ! Five I Six ! " 

Followed by 90'* Twice upw. jump. See L., 10. 

11. Wg. heel sup. wlk. b st. T. forw. flex, (page 54], 
" Hips — firm! Left (r.) foot, heel supporting forward place! 
(§30.10). Trunk forward — bend ! Upward — stretch ! " , . . 

12. Turn wlk. a st. 2 A. elev. forw. upw. (§ 46). 
Com. pos. : VII. , 8. " Arms forward upward — lift ! Sideways 
downward— sink! The same — one! Twol" . . • 



114 School Gymnastics 



LII. 

1. Introductions. See LI., l. 

2. Str. wlk. c St. 2 Heel-elev. in series. *<Feet — 

close ! Arm-extension upward, foot-placing forward and heel- 
elevation — one ! . . . Four!" . . . Compare XLIX., 2. 

3. Str. wlk. h St. arch flex. (§ 39). Com. pes. XV. 2; 

Movt. ; § 34. 2 and 35. 3. 

4. Stoopfall pos. (desks). See LI., 4. 
In absence of desks apply : 

Turn close st. 2 A. ext. sidew, and upw. "Feet — close! 
Trunk to the left (r.)— turn! Arm-extension sideways and 
upward — start!" . . . 

5. Bend toe st. 2 A. ext. sidew. and 2 Kn. flex. 

(§41). "Arms upward — bend! Heels — lift! Arm-exten- 
sion sideways, knee-flexion — one! Two! One! Two!"... 
1 = yd. c courtesy st. 2 = Bend toe st. 

6. Str. fallout St. c 2. A. ext. upw. (§ 42). Compare 
XXXIX., 6. 

7. Marching. 

8. Str. ly. Slight 2 L. elev. (§ 43). Compare XLV., 8. 
If the floor cannot be used, substitute XL VII., 8. 

9. Rest turn wlk. a st. T. sidew. flex. (§44). Com. 
pos. and movt. : Compare XVI., 8. 

10. Twice sidew. jump. a. In classroom first Right 
(1.) — face !"—" Twice to the left (r.) jump — one! Two! 
Three ! Four ! Five ! Six ! " Compare XLIII., 10 and XVI., 9. 

Followed by 3 steps forw.jump over marks. See LI., 10. 
(If a rope or stick is handy, use it for jumping height.) 

11. Wg. wlk. d St. 2 Kn. flex, in series. "Hips — 
firm ! Foot-placing crosswise forward, heel-elevation and knee- 
flexion — one! Tw6! Three! . . . 8ix!" Compare XXVI., 
5 and XXIII.,2. 

12. Turn wlk. a st. 2 A. elev. sidew. upw. (§ 46). 
Com. pos.: XLV^III., 12. *' Arm-elevation sideways upward, 
respiration — one ! Two!" . . . Compare XIII., 11. 



School Gymnastics 116 



LIII. 

1. See LI., 1. 

2. Str. wlk. d St. 2 Heel-elev. ser. Compare XLIII., 

2. 

3. Bend arcli. wlk. h st. 2 A. ext. sidew. (§ 39) *' Left 
(r.) foot forward place and arms upward — bend ! Trunk back- 
ward—bend! Arm-extension sideways — one! Two! . . . 
Frunk upward — stretch ! Arms upward — stretch ! Trunk 
forward downward — bend ! " . . . 

4. Fallhang pos. (§ 40) (Fig. 15). About face! Hands 
on desks — place! Heels — lift! Sit! Feet forward — place! 
Position— one! Two! " (= Reach gr. courtesy sitt. pos.). 

In absence of desks apply) : 

Turn close st. 2 A. ext. hackw. omd upw. Feet — close! 
Trunk to the left (r.) — turn! Arm-extension backward and 
upward — start! "... 

5. Yd. c cr. a ^ st. Kn. abd. (§ 41). " Arms sideways — 
lift ! — Left (r.) knee upward — bend ! Knee-abduction — one! 
Two!" . . . (XXVII., 5.) 

6. Str. fallout St. c 2 A. flg. (§ 42). Compare XL., 6. 

7. Marching. 

8. Str. F. gr. sitt. T. backw. flex. Compare XXII., S. 
Or substitute LIV., 8. 

9. Rest Kn. St. T. rot. (§ 44). Kneel! Neck — firm! 
Trunk to the left (r.) — turn ! Forward — turn ! " . . . 

10. 1 step 90° forw. jump over marks. Executed 
as XLVIL, 10, but you turn to the side of the foot which 
springs you from the ground. 

Followed by Twice sidew. jump a. See LII., 10. 

11. Wg.toe sup. wlk. b St. Kn. flex, (page 54). Com. 
pos. :§ 30. 9. Knee — bend! Stretch!" . . . The forward knee 
is bent until the backward heel touches the ground; trunk 
erect. 

12. Yd. c turn wlk. a st. 2 A, circ. (§ 46). Com. pos. : 
See XXVI., 9. " Arm-circumduction, respiration — start! — 
St(5p! Position I" 



116 School Gymnastics 



JAY. 

1. See LI., 1. 

2. Wg. fallout St. a pos. See XVII., 5. 

3. Str. wlk. c St. arch flex. (§ 39). Compare LII., 3. 

4. Fallhang pos. See LIII., 3. 

In absence of desks apply, 

Turn close st. 2 A. ext. sidew. and backw. Compare LIII., 4.. 

5. Yd. c wlk. d St. 2 Kn. flex. (§ 41). Com. pos. : XII., 

3. Movt. : XXVI., 5. 

6. Str. fallout St. c 2 A. elev. (§ 42). Compare XLI., 6. 

7. Marching. 

8. Str. Kn. St. T. backw. flex. (§ 43). " Kn^el! Arms 
upward — stretch ! Trunk backward — bend! " . . . (Fall 
from the knees; do not arch the spine.) 

9. Rest turn St. T. sidew. flex. (§44). "Neck — firm! 
Trunk to the left (r.) — turn! To the left (r.) — bend!" . . . 
Compare XVIIL, 9. 

10. Twice sidew. jump b. "To the left (r.) and right 
(1.) jump— one! . . . Six!" At "three!" jump to the left 
(r.) and as you land jump immediately back again to the right 
(1.), the command " Four! " corresponding to the second jump. 

Followed by 1 step 90° jump over mark. See LIII., 10. 

11. Yd. c St. slow 2 Kn. flex. See XXVIII., 5. 

12. Yd. a turn wlk. b st. 2 A. flg. (§ 46). " Left (r.) foot 
forward" place and arms forward — bend ! Trunk to the left 
(r.)— turn! Arm-flinging, respiration — <5ne ! Two!" . . . 



School Gymnastics 



117 



LV. 

1. Introductions. See LI. 

2. W^. stride st.2 Kn. flex, in ser. " Hips — firm! 
Foot-placing sideways, heel-elevation, knee-flexion, left (r.) — 
one! . . . Six! Right (1.) — one! . . . Six! (or . . . left and 
right — start! Stop!)" 

3. Bend arch. wlk. c st. 2 A. ext. sidew (§ .39). 
"Feet — cl6se! Left (r.) foot forward — place ! Arm upward 

— bend! Trunk backward — bend ! Arm-extension sideways 

— one ! Two! "... 

Followed by str. wlk. c St. forw. down. flex. 

4. Stoopfall H. rot. (desks) (§ 40). Command first as in 
LI. 4; then " Head rotation left and right — one! Two! . . . 

In absence of desks apply : 

Turn close st. 2 A. ext. forw. sidew. and upw. ** Feet — 
close ! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn ! Arm-extension forward, 
sideways and upward — one ! Two ! One I Two ! . . . (or 
One! ... Six! or Start! Stop!) » 

6. Wg". hor. ^ St. pos. (§ 41). For command see § 30. 13. 

6. Reach fallout st. c 2 A. flg. (§ 42). For command 
compare XLIL, 6. 

7. Marching. 

8. str. h Kn. St. T. backw. flex. (§ 43). ** On the left 
(r.) — kneel! Arms upward — stretch ! Trunk backward — 
bend! '* etc. (Do not arch.) 

9. Str. St. T. rot. (§ 44). "Arms upward — stretch ! 
Trunk to the left (r.) — turn! Forward — turn ! *' . . . 

10. 2 steps, 90° jump over mark (§ 45). Com- 
pare LIII., 10. Turn to the side of the foot which springs you 
from the ground. 

To be followed by Twice sidew. jump, b. See LIV., 10. 

11. Yd. c wlk. b St. slow 2 Kn. flex. See XXXI., 5. 

12. Turn wlk. b st. 2 A. elev. sidew. (§ 46). Left 
(r.) foot forward — place ! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn ! (To 
the side of the advanced foot.) Arms sideways lift, breathe in 

— one! Sink and breathe out— two! The same — one! 
Two!'* . . . 

End by Close st 2 Heel-elev. 



118 School Gymnastics 



LYL 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Wg. fallout St. a pos. backw. See XVIII., 6. 

3. Str. close St. arch flex. (§ 39). «• Feet close and 
arms upward stretch — one ! Two ! Trunk backward — bend ! 
Upward — stretch ! , . . Forward downward — bend! Up- 
ward — stretch! "... 

4. Stoopfall H. rot. (desks). See LV. 4. 
In absence of desks apply, — 

Turn St. 2 A. ext. foriv. and backw. '* Trunk to the left 
(r.) — turn! Arm-extension sideways and backward — stdrt ! 
Stop!" . . . 

5. Reach courtesy sitt. L. ext. forw. (§ 41). " Hips 

— firm! Heels — lift! All the way down, knees — bend! 
Arms forward — lift! Left (r.) leg forward — stretch ! (cr. 
bpos.) Change feet — one! Two!" . . . 

6. Yd. d fallout St. c 2 A. elev. (§ 42). Compare 
XLm.,6. 

7. Marching. 

8. Str. F. gr. i St. T. backw. flex. (§ 43). Compare 
XXIV., 8. 

In absence of desks apply LV., 8. 

9. Rest turn close st. T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). "Feet 
dose aTid neck — firm ! Trunk to the left turn ! Trunk to the left 
(r.) — b'ond ! Upward — stretch I " . . . 

10. 360° upw. jump. "Turning 360° to the left (r.) up- 
ward jump — one! . . . Five I " For execution see XXXI., 10, 
which'is used as substitute in the schoolroom. 

To be followed by 2 steps, 90° jump over mark. See LV., 10. « 

11. Yd. c stride st. slow. 2 Kn. flex. See XXX VII., 5. 

12. Bend turn wlk. b st. 2 A. ext. to Yd. d (§ 46). 
"Left (r.) foot forward — place ! Arms upward bend ! Trunk to 
the left (r.) - turn ! " For movt. see XL., 12. 

End by some movement for correction of base and general equi- 
librium. 



School Gymnastics 119 



LYII. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Wg". wlk. h St. 2 Kn. flex, in ser. Compare LV., 2. 
Foot-placing forward, heel-elevation" . . . etc. 

3. Bend arch turn stride st. 2 A. ext. sidew. 
(§39). Feet sideways and arms upward bend — one! Two! 
Trunk to the left (r.) turn! Backward — bend!" = . . etc. as 
in LV.,3. End by Str. stride st. T.forw, downw. flex. 

4. Pallhan^ H. rot. (§ 40) . Command first as in LIII., 4; 
then " Head rotation — one! Two!" . . . 

In absence of desks apply : 

Turn close st 2 A. ext. forw., bacJcw. andupw. Compare 
LV., 3. 

5. Yd. c toe St. alt. Kn. upw. flex. (§ 41). Compare 
XXIX.,5. 

6. Wg. fallout St. c 2 A. ext. to Yd. d (§ 42). Com- 
pare XLIV., 6. 

7. Marching. 

8. Rest ly. 2 L. elev. to 90° (§ 43). For com. pos. see 
XYII., 8, then: To vertical, legs — lift! Sink!" . . . 

If the floor cannot be used apply LVIII., 8. 

9. Str. close st. T. rot. (§ 44). " Feet close and arras 
upward — stretch ! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn ! Forward — 
turn! "... 

If the floor can be utilized apply also — 

Wg. side/all pos. (§ 34. 11). Side -falling on the left (r.)hand 
— one! Two! Three! Change hands — one! Two!" . . . 
1 = stoopfall pos. : 2 = sidefall. on the other hand. 

10. 3 steps, 90° jump over mark. Compare LV., 
10 and LI., 10. 

Followed by Twice upw. jump. See XLVL, 10. 

11. Yd. c St. Slow 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. See XXXIX., 5. 

12. Yd. d turn wlk. ^> 2 A. elev. (§ 46). Compare 
XLII., 12. 

£ud as in LVX. 



120 



School Gymnastics 



LVIII. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Yd. c turn wlk. a st. pos. " Left (r.) foot sideways 
forward, to the left (r.) and arms sideways stretch — one! 
Two! Arm-extension, change feet and sides —one! Tw6! 
The same — <5ne! Two!" . . . 1 = Bend st. pos. 2 = yd. 
c turn wlk. a, taken simultaneously by arms, trunk, and legs. 

3. Str. St. arch flex. (§ 39). *' Arms upward — stretch ! 
Trunk backward — bend ! Upward — stretch ! . . , Forward, 
downward — bend! Upward — stretch ! " . . . 

4. Fallhang H. rot. SeeLVIL,3. 

In absence of desks apply : 

St. slow 2 A.ext upw. See XXXI., 3. 

5. Str. St. 2 Kn. flex. (§41). "Arms upward — stretch! 

Heels — lift! Knees — bend!" . . . etc. 

6. \ str. yd. d fallout st. c 2 A. elev. (§ 42). Compare 
XLV.,6. 

7. Marching. 

8. Bend fall Kn. st. 2 A. ext. sidew. (§43). «' Kneel! 
Arms upward — bend! Trunk backward — bend ! (Fall, do 
not arch.) Arm-extension sideways — <5ne ! Two!" . . . 

9. Str. stride st. T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). "Feet side- 
ways, and arms upward — stretch! (See XIII., 2.) Trunk to 
the left (r.) — bend! Upward — stretch ! . . . 

10. 2 A. flg. twice upw. jump. " Arms flung sideways 
twice upward jump — one! . . . Six! " Compare XX., 10, and 
XL VI., 10. 

Followed by 1 stepforw. jump. See XXVIII., 10. 

11. Yd. c fallout St. a Heel-elev. First command as 
XVII., 6. Then "Arms sideways — stretch ! Heel-elevation 
— one! Two!" . . . Compare XLIII., 11. 

12. Turn wlk. h st. 2 A. elev. forw. upw. (§ 46), 
Compare XLIII., 12. 

End as in LVI. 



School Gymnastics 121 



LIX 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Wg. fallout St. d pos. See XXIV., 6. 

3. Bend arch close st. 2 A. ext. sidew. (§ 39). *' Feet 

— close! Arms upward — bend! Trunk backward — bend ! 
Arm-extension sideways — (3ne! Two!" . . . etc. Compare 
LV.,3. 

4. Bal. hang. pos. (§40). (Fig. 16). " Hands on desks 

— place ! Feet backward — lift ! Position ! The same — one ! 
Two!" 

In absence of desks apply : 

Turn St. 2 A. ext. sidew. and upw. Compare LVI., 4. 

5. Str. wlk. h St. 2 Kn. flex. (§ 41). Com. pos. = XV. 
2f movt. = IV., 5. 

6. Yd. b fallout St. c 2 A. flg. (§ 42). Compare XLVI., 6, 

7. Marching. 

8. Bend fall F. gr. sitt. 2 A. ext. sidew. (§ 4.3). F. 
gr. sitt. as Fig, 13. **Arms upward — bend ! " etc., as in 

/LVIII.,8. 

In absence of desks apply LVIII., 8. 

9. Str. stride st. T. rot. (§ 44). Com. pos. = XIII., 2. 
Movt. = § 34. 6. 

Followed by Wg. side/all L. elev. (See LVII., 9.) " Side- 
falling on the left (r.) hand — one ! Tw6 ! Three ! Leg-eleva- 
vation — one! Two! One! Two!" . . . (The upper leg is 
raised fuUy extended.) "Change hands— one! Two!" . . . 
etc. 

10. Prep, to jump. "Prepare to jump — start! The 
same — start! "... 

Followed by 2 A. flg. twice upw jump. See LVIII., 10. 

11. Yd. c wlk. a St. slow 2 Kn. flex. See L., 5. 

12. Turn wlk. h st. 2 A. circ. (§ 46), " Left (r.) foot for- 
ward — place ! Trunk to thf left (r.) — turn ! Arms sideways 

— lift! Arm-circumductioxi, respiration— start! Stdp!" . . . 
End as in LVI. 



122 



School Gymnastics 



LX. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Wff. wlk. a St. 2 Kn. flex. In series. Compare 
LVII., 2. 

3. Str. stride st. arch flex. (§39). Com. pos. : XIII., 2. 
Movt. as LVIIl.,3. 

4. Bal. hang pos. See LIX., 4. 

In absence of desks apply : 

Turn close 2 A. ext. forw.y sidew.yhackw.^ and upw. Com- 
pare LV., 4. 

5. Str. courtesy st. 2 A. ext. upw. (§ 41). " Arms up- 
ward—stretch ! Heels — lift! Knees — bend! Arm-exten- 
sion upward — one! Tw6! One! Two! . . . Knees — stretch! 
Heels — sink! Position!" 

6. Yd. c fallout St. d. 2 A. circ. (§ 42). First fallout d 
as in XXIV., 5. Then movt. as § 33. 4. 

7. Marching". 

8. Bend fall h Kn. st. 2 A. ext. sidew. (§ 43). *• On 

the left (r.) — kneel! " . . . etc. Compare L VIII., 8. 

9. Str. St. T. sidew. flex. (§ 41). "Arms upward — 
stretch! Trunk to the left (r.)— bend ! Upward— stretch! " . . . 

10. 2 A. and L. fig. twice upw. jump. " Arms and 
legs flung sideways, twice upward jump — one! . . . Six!" 
Compare XXIV., 10 and XLVI., 10. 

Followed by ^ s^eps forw.jump. See XXXII., 10. 

11. Yd. c fallout St. c. Heel-elev. "Feet close and 
hips — firm! Left (r.) foot forward — fallout! Arms sideways 

— stretch! Heel-elevation — one ! Two! . . . Compare 
XLIV., 11. 

12. Yd. a fallout st. « 2 A. flg. (§ 46). Arms forward 

— bend ! To the left (r.) — fallOut ! Trunk erect ! Arm-fling 
ing, breathe in — one ! Breathe out — two ! The same — one ! 
Two! "... 

End as in LVI. 



School Gymnastics 123 



LXI. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Yd. c turn stride st. pos, ** Left (r.) foot sideways, 
to the left (r.) and arms sideways stretch — one ! Twd ! '* 
Compare LVIII., 2 and XXV., 2. 

3. Bend arch turn st. 2 A. ext. sidew. (§ 39). Arms 
upward — bend! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn! Backward — 
bend! Arm-extension sideways — one! Two! . . . end by 
Sir. st. T.forw, downw flex. 

4. StoopfalL 2 A. flex. (§ 40). First com. as LI., 4 ; then 
"Arms — bend! Stretch! The same — one! Two!" . . . (The 
elbows bend, letting the straight body sink forward.) 

In absence of desks apply : 

Turn st. 2 A. ext. sidew., hacJcw. and upw, (§ 40). Compare 
LVI., 4. 

5. Rest St. L. elev. backw. (§41). *' Neck — firm! 
Left (r.) leg backward — lift ! " etc. Compare V., 5. 

6. Wg". fallout. St. c slow. 2 A. ext. upw. (§ 42). 
Compare LII., 6 and XXI., 3. 

7. Marching. 

8. Bend fall F. gr. | st. 2 A. ext. sidew. (§ 43) . Com. 
pos. as XXIV., 8. Movt. as LVIII., 8. In absence of desks 
apply LX. , 8. 

9. Str. wlk. a St. T. rot. (§ 44). Com. pos. XIV. 2. 
'♦Trunk to the left (r.)— turn! To the right (1.)— turn! 
Forward — turn!" . . . 

10. Upw. jump. ♦' Upw. jump — start ! The same — 
start! " The pupils go through all the motions. ( See VII. 9.) 
Occasionally command " Upward jump — start ! Four ! Five ! 
{or Start ! Five !) " when the pupils go through the first three 
(four) motions without command. 

To be followed by 3 steps for w. jump. See XXXV., 10. 

11. Yd. c stride st. slow 2 Kn. flex to sitt. See 
XXXIX., 5. 

12. Wg. fallout. St. a 2 A. ext. to Yd. d (§ 46). Com. 
pos. : See XVIL, 6; movt. : see VII., 11, (Trunk erect.) 

End as in LVI. 



124 School Gymnastics 



LXII. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Wg- wlk. d St. 2 Kn. flex, in ser. Compare LV., 

2andXXIIl., 2. 

3. Str. turn wlk. a st. arch flex. (§ 39). Com. pos. : 
as fin. pos. of LXI., 9. End by Str. stride St. T.forw. dovmw. 
flex. 

4. Stoopfall, 2 A. flex. See LXI., 4. 

In absence of desks apply : 

Turn stride st. 2 A. ext. forw. sidew. and upw. (§ 40). 
*'Left (r.) foot sideways — place ! Trunk to the left (r.) — 
turn ! Arm-extension forward, sideways and upward — start ! 
Stop!" 

5. Str. stride st. 2 Kn. flex. (§ 41). "Feet sideways, 
and arms upward — stretch ! Heels — lift! Knees — bend! 
Knees— stretch! Heels — sink! " etc. 

6. Yd. a fallout st. 2 A. flg. (§ 42). Com. pos. : XXIV., 
5. Arms forward —bend! Arm-flinging — <5ne ! Tw6 !'*... 

7. Marching'. 

8. Str. ly. 2 L. elev. to 90". See LVII.,8. If the floor 

cannot be used apply LXIII., 8. 

9. Str. close st. T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). Feet close 
and arms upward — stretch! Trunk to the left (r.) — bend ! 
Upward — stretch ! " . . . 

10. 180° twice upw. jump. Compare L., 10 and 
XLVI., 10. 

Followed by 1 step. forw. jump. See XXVIII., 10. 

11. Yd. c wlk. d St. slow 2 Kn. flex. See LIV., 6. 

12. Yd. d fallout st. a 2 A. elev. (§ 46). " Hips — firm ! 
Left (r.) foot sideways forward — fall6ut! Trunk erect! 
Arms sideways — lift! Hands — t6rn! Arms lift, breathe 
in — one! Sink, breathe out — two! The same — one! 
Two!" . . . 

End as in LVI. 



School Gymnastics 125 



LXIII. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Str. turn stride st. pos. "Left (r.) foot sidewaySj 
trunk to the left (r.) and arms upward stretch — one I Two! " 
Compare LXI., 2. 

3. Bend arch st. 2 A. ext. sidew. (§ 39). "Arms 
upward — bend ! Trunk backward — bend ! Arm-extension 
sideways — one! Two! . . . Trunk upward — stretch! Arms 
upward — stretch! Trunk forward, downward — bend ! Up- 
ward—stretch! "... 

4. Pallhang. 2. A. flex. (§ 40). Com. first as in LIII., 
4; then «' Lift! Sink! "... The straight body is raised by the 
arms bending at the elbows (chest brought well forward). 

In absence of desks apply : 

Turn St. 2 A. ext. forw., backw.^ and upw. (§ 40). Compare 
LVI., 4. 

6. Rest close toe st. slow marcti. (§ 41). <* Feet 
close and neck — firm ! Heels — lift ! Slowly forward (backw.) 
march — one! Two!" . , . 

6. Yd. c Fallout st. d 2. A. rot. (§ 42). Com. pos.: 
XXIV., 6. Movt. : § 33. 3. 

7. Marching. 

8. Yd. c Fall. Kn. st. T. rot. (§ 43). " Kneel! Arms 
sideways — stretch! Trunk backward — bend!" (Fall from 
the knees.) "Trunk to the left (r.) — turn! Forward — 
turn!" . . . 

9. Str. Wlk. a St. rev. T. rot. (§ 44). " Left (r.) foot side- 
ways forward place and arms upward — stretch! Trunk to 
the right (1.) — turn! . . . § 34. 6. 

10. Forw. jump (see XI., 9). " Forward jump — stdrt ! " 
Compare LXI., 10. 

Followed by Upw. jump. ''Upward jump — dne! Two! 
Three ! Four ! Five ! " 

11 Yd. c wlk. h St. 2 Kn. flex, in ser. ''Arm- 
extension sideways, foot-placing forward heel-elevation and 
knee-flexion — one ! Tw6! Thr^e! Four! Five! Six!" 
1 = Bend st. 2 and 6 = Yd. c wlk. 6. st. 3 and 5 = Yd. c wlk. 
b. toe St. 4 = Yd. c wlk. b courtesy st. 

12. Fallout St. a 2 A. elev. forw. upw. (§ 46). Com- 
pare LXII., 12 and XL, 11. 

£iid as in LVI. 



126 



School Gymnastics 



LXIY. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Str. turn wlk. a st. pos. Compare LXIII., 2, and 
LVIII.,2. 

3. Str. turn stride st. arch flex. (§ 39). Com. pos. as 
fin. pos. of LXIII., 2. "Trunk backward — bend! Upward 

— stretch! . . Arm-extension, change feet and sides — one! 
Two! Backward — bend! Upward! Stretch! . . . Forward! 

— turnl Forward downward — bend!" . . . 

4. BaL hang. pos. See LIX., 4. 

In absence of desks apply ; 

Turn St. 2 A. ext. form . sideiv. hackw. and upw. (§ 40). Com- 
pare LIX., 4. 

5. Rest cr. a i st. pos. (§ 41). Neck — firm! Left (r.) 
knee upward — bend!" . . . Compare VIII., 5. 

6. Bend fallout st. d alb. A. ext to yd. d (§ 42). Com. 
pos. : XXIV., 5. Movt. X., C. 

7. Marching. 

8. Yd. c fall. F. gr. sitt. T. rot. (§ 43). Com. pos. : See 

XXVIi., S. Movt. : compare LXIII. , 8 which is used as substitute 
in absence of desks. 

9. Str. wlk. h St. T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). Com. pos.; 
XV., 2. Movt.. X., 8. 

10. Sidew. forw. jump. ** Forward to the left (r.) jump 

— one ^ two ! Three ! Four ! " The opposite foot (right, when 
to the left) is placed crosswise forward and (assisted by the 
arms which oscillate forward) springs the body from the ground 
in the direction sideways forward; landing occurs in usual 
manner, and the body should face straight forward through- 
out the movement. — Followed by 90° upio. jump. Comd. — 
" Start! " Compare LXI., 10, and XII., 10. 

11. Yd. c heel-sup. wlk. b st. T. forw. flex. Com- 
pare LIl., 11. 

12. Fallout St. a 2 A. elev. sidew. upw. (§ 46). 

Compare LXIII., 12, and XIII., 11. 
End as in LVI. 



School Gymnastics 127 



LXV. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Rest St. alt. toe elev. rhythm. See XXVI., 11. 

8. Bend arch turn close st. 2 A. ext. sldew. (§39). 

" Feet close and arms upward — bend ! Trunk to the left — turn I 
Backward — bend ! " etc. Compare LVII., 3. 

4. Fall-hang. 2 A. flex. See LXIII., 4. 

In absence of desks apply : 

Turn stride st. 2 A. ext. sidew. and upw. (§ 40). Compare 
LXIL, 4. 

5. Str. St. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. (§ 41). See § 32. 5, and 
§ 30. 16. 

6. Wgr. fallout St. d 2 A. swim. (§ 42). Com. pos. : 
XXIV., 5. Movt. : § 33. 5. 

7. Marching. 

8. Yd. c fall i Kn. st. T. rot. (§ 43). " On the left (r.) — 
kneel ! " For movt. : see LXIII., 8, and XLIV., 8. 

9. Str. wlk. h St. T. rot. (§ 44). Com. pos.: XV., 2. 

Rotate to the side of the advanced foot. 

Followed (if floor and space permit) by ^ str. side fall. pos. 
first wg. side fall, as in LVII., 9 ; then "Left (r.) arm upward — 
stretch! Change sides — one I Two!" . . . The extended arm 
should be in a line with the body. 

10. Vault chairs, if such are at hand. " Eight (1.) — face ! 
Hands on desks — place! Forward jump — one! Two'^thr^e 1 
Four I Five ! " Over the chairs from one aisle into the next. one, 
using their hands for support, the pupils jump straight forw., and 
land as in usual manner. 

Followed by 2 steps forw. jump. See XXXII., 10. 

11. Yd. c wlk. a St. 2 Kn. flex, in ser. Compare 
LXIII., 11. 

12. Yd. c fallout St. a 2 A. circ. Compare LXIL, 12, 
and XV., 11. 

End as in LVI. 



128 



School Gymnastics 



LXYI. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Rest St. alt. toe and Heel-elev. See XXVIII., 11. 

3. Str. turn St. arch flex. (§39). "Arms upward — 
stretch ! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn ! Backward — bend ! 
Upward — stretch !" . . . 

End by str. St. T.forw. downw. flex. 

4. Bal. hang. pos. SeeLIX., 4. 

In absence of desks apply: 

Turn stride st.2 A. ext. sidew. and bacJcw. (§ 40). Compare 
LXII., 4. 

5. Wg. courtesy sitt. 2 A. ext. to ^ str. yd. c (§ 41). 

"Hips — firm ! Heels — lift! Knees — bend! Sit! Left arm 
upward, right arm sideways — stretch! Change arms — 
stretch ! " . . . 

6. Bend fallout st. d 2 A. ext. upw. (§ 42 ). Com. 
pos. : XXIV., 5. *' Arm-extension upward — one ! Tw6 ! . . 

7. Marching. 

8. Yd. c fall. F. gr. h st. T. rot. (§ 43). Compare 
XLVI., 8. In absence of desks apply LXV., 8. 

9. Str. wlk. c St. T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). Com. pos. r 
XVI., 2. Bend to the side of the advanced foot. 

10. Backw. jump. " Backward jump— one ! Two! 
Three ! Four ! Five!" Executed like XI., 9, except that 
the movement occurs backward, the arms swinging in this 
direction at jumping. Followed by upw. jump. Command as 
in LXI., 10. 

11. Yd. c wlk. d St. 2 Kn. flex, in ser. Compare 
LXlIL,ll,and LIV.,5. 

12. Yd. a fallout St. 6 2 A. flg. (§ 46). Com. pos. : XX., 
5. Trunk erect. Movt. as III., 11. 

End as in LVI. 



School Gymnastics 129 



LXYII. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Yd. c stride st. 2 Kn. flex, in ser. Arm-extension 
sideways, foot-placing sideways (left and right), heel-elevation 
and knee-flexion — one! Two! Three! Four! Five! Six! 
. . . (or start! Stop!)" l=Bend st.; 2 = Yd. c stride st. 
(Compare XXXIX., 2). 3 = 2 heel-elev.; 4 = 2 Kn. flex.; 5 = 2 
Kn. ext.; 6 = Heels sink. 

3. Bend arch stride st. 2 A. ext. sidew. (§39). Feet 
sideways — place! Arms upward — bend! Trunk backward 
— bend! Arm-extension sideways — one! Two! . . . Trunk 
upward — stretch ! Arms upward — stretch ! Trunk forward 
downward — bend 1 " etc. 

4. Fallhang. alt. L. elev. (§ 40). Com. pos. : see LIII., 
4. Left (r.) leg — lift! Sink! "... In mixed schools or in 
absence of desks apply Turn st. 2 A. ext. forw,, sidew., and 
upw. Compare LVI., 4. 

6. Rest cr. A. J st. F. flex, and ext. (§ 41). Neck — 
firm ! Left (r.) knee upward — bend ! Foot-flexion and exten- 
sion — one! Two! . . . Compare XI., 5. 

6. Wg. fallout St. 2 A. ext. to i str. yd. c (§ 42). 
Com. pos. : XXIV., 5. Movt. : IX., 3. 

7. Marching'. 

8. Stoopfall. 2 A. flex, (chairs) (§ 43). Com. pos. : XX. , 8. 
"Arms — bend! Stretch!" . . . The arms bend at the 
elbows ; the body straight. 

9. Str. wlk. c St. T. rot. (§ 44.). Com. pos.: XVL, 2. 
Kotate to the side of the advanced foot. 

10. Sidew. jump. To the left (r.) jump — start!" 
Compare XVI., 9 and LII., 10. Followed by S steps forw. jump 
over marks. (See XLVII., 10 and XXXV., 10.) 

11. Yd. c toe sup. wlk. & st. Kn. flex. Compare 
LIII., 11. 

12. Wg. faUout St. & 2 A. ext. to Yd. d (§ 46). Com. 
pos. : XX., 5. " Trunk erect I " Movt. : VII., 11. 

End as in LVI. 



130 



School Gymnastics 



LXYIII. 

1. Introd. See LI., 1. 

2. Yd. c wlk. h St. 2 Kn. flex, in ser. Compare 
LXVIL, 2. 

3. Str. turn close st. arch flex. (§39). " Feet close and 
arms upward — str6tch! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn! Back- 
ward — bend! " etc. 

Followed by Str. close st. T.forw.downw. flex. 

4. Fallhang. alt. L. elev. (§40). See LXVII. , 4, or sub- 
stitute : 

Tiirn stride st. 2 A. ext. sidew. backw. and upw. Compare 
LXV., 3. 

5. Yd. d courtesy sitt. 2 A. elev. (§41). '* Arms side- 
ways — lift! Heels — lift! To sitting, knees — bend! Hands 

— turn! Arms — lift! Sink! The same — one! Two!" . . . 

6. Str. fallout St. 2 A flg. (§42). Com. pos. XXIV., 5. 
Movt. : Compare XL., 6. 

7. Marching". 

8. Yd. a fall Kn. st 2 A. fling. (§ 43). Kneel ! Arms 
forward — bend! Trunk backward — bena! {Do not arch.) 
Arm-flinging — one ! Two ! " . . . 

9. Str. turn stride st. T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). Com. 
pos. : LXIII., 2. Bend to the side to which the trunk is rotated. 

10. Twice 360° upw. jump. " Turning 360° to the left 
(r.) and back to the right (1.), twice upward jump — one! . . . 
Six! " Compare LXII., 10, which may be used as substitute. 

— Followed by vaulting over chairs ; see LXV., 10. 

11. Str. St. slow 2 Kn. flex. See LVIIL, 5. 

12. Yd. d fallout St. 6 2 A. elev. (§ 46). Com. pos. : XX., 
5. Trunk erect. Movt. : IX., 11. 

End as in LVI. 



School Gymnastics 131 



LXIX. 

€. Introd. See LI. 

2. Yd. c wlk. a St. 2 Kn. flex. ser. Compare LXVII. , 2 
and LX., 2. 

3. Bend arch wlk. h st. alt. A. ext. upw. (§ 39). " Left 
(r.) foot f orw. and arms upw. — bend ! Trunk backw. — bend ! 
Alternate arm-extension upw. — one ! Two ! . . . arms — 
bend ! Trunk upw. — stretch ! Change feet — one ! Two ! " 
etc. Sir, St. T.forw. downw.flex, 

4. Bal. hang. 2 A. flex. (§ 40). Com. pos. : See LIX., 4. 
" Arms — bend! Stretch! "... The arms bend at the elbows, 
or substitute Turn stride st. 2 A. ext. forw. backw. and upw. 
Compare LXVI., 4. 

5. Str. courtesy sitt. 2 A. ext. upw. or sidew. and 
upw. (§ 41). "Arms upw. — stretch ! Heels — lift ! To sit- 
ting, knees — bend ! Arm-extension upw. (or sidew. and upw.) 
— one I Two ! {or One I Tw6 ! Three ! Four !)".... 

6. Str. fallout St. 2 A. elev. (§ 42). Com. pos. : XXIV., 
6. Arms upw. — stretch ! Arms sidew. — sink ! Lift! The 
same — one I Two ! " . . . 

7. Marching. 

8. Stoopfall. 2 A. flex. (§ 43). See LXVIL, 8. 

9. Str. wlk. c St. rev. T. rot. (§ 44). Com. pos. : XVI., 

2. Rotate to the side of the backward foot. 

10. 2 A. flg. upw. jump. Arms flung sideways, upw. 
^ump — start I " Compare LXI., 10 and XXI., 10. Followed 
by 8 steps forw. jump. See XXXV., 10. 

11. Str. wlk. h St. Slow 2 Kn. flex. See LIX., 6. 

12. Fallout St. h. 2 A. elev. forw. upw. (§ 46). Com. 
pos. : XX., 5. Trunk erect. Movt. : XL, 11. 

End as in LVI. 



132 School Gymnastics 



LXX. 

1. Introd. See LI., 1. 

2. Yd. c wlk. d St. 2 Kn. flex, in ser. Compare 

LXVII., 2, and LXIl., 2. 

3. Bend arch turn wlk. a st. alt. A. ext. upw. 

(§ 39). Compare VII., 8. '* Left (r.) foot sideways, forward, and 
arms upw. — bend ! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn ! Backw. — 
bend! "etc. Compare LXIX., 3. 

4. Bal.hang. 2 A. flex. (§ 40). See LXIX., 4, or substi- 
tute Turn, stride st. 2 A. ext. forw. sidew. backw. and upw. 
Compare LXV., 3. 

5. Str. stride, st. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. (§ 41). Com. 

pos. : XIII., 2, Movt. : XIV., 3. 

6. Reach, fallout st. d 2 A. fig. (§ 42). Com. pos. : 
XXIV., 6. Movt.: XVII., 6. 

7. Marching". 

8. Yd. a Fall. F. gr. sitt. 2 A. flg. (§ 43). Com. pos. : 
XXII., 8. Movt. as LXVIIl., 8, which is used as substitute in 
absence of desks. 

9. Str. turn wlk. a st. T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). Com. 
pos. : LXIV., 2. Bend to the side of the advanced foot. 

10. Sidew. and forw. jump. "To the left (r.) and 
forward jump — one ! . . . Six!" Jump to the side and when 
landing jump forward. Where space forbids this movement, 
apply LXI., 10. To be followed by continuous vaulting over 
chairs. Command first as in LXV., 10, then forward jump over 
chairs — one! Two! "... The pupils vault from aisle to 
aisle. (The Class may start from one side of the room and 
continue to vault until they reach the other side.) 

11. Str. fallout St. a Heel-elev. Command first as in 
XVII., 6, then " Arms upw. — stretch! Heel-elevation — one! 
Two! " ... See XLIIl., 11. 

12. Yd. d courtesy sitt. 2 A. elev. (§ 46). Movt.: 
LXVIIL, 5. Com., "Arm-elevation, respiration — one I Twol" 

End as in LVI. 



School Gymnastics 133 



LXXI. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Wg. wlk. h St. backw. 2 Kn. flex, in ser. Compare 
LVII., 2. Hips — firm! Foot placing backw., heel-elev., 
knee-flex. — one ! . . . Six! Cor Start! Stop!)" 

3. Yd. a arch turn wlk. a st. 2 A. fig. (§ 39). " Left 
(r.) foot sideways f orw, place, and arms f orw. — bend ! Trunk 
to the left (r.) — turn! Backw. — bend! Arm-flinging — one! 
Two! "... etc. End by Str, stride st. T.forw. downw. flex. 
Compare VII., 8. 

4. Cr. a baL hang. pos. (§40). "Hands on desks — 
place! Knees upw. — bend! " (Pos. of legs = Fig. 3. 2.) 

Backw. — stretch! " (Fig. 16.) Upw. — bend! "... etc. In 
absence of desks apply Turn wlk. a st. 2 A. ext. sidew. and 
upw. 

5. Rest cr. a \ St. Kn. ext. backw. (§ 41). Compare 

xm.,5. 

6. Yd. d fallout St. 2 A. elev. (§ 42). Com. pos. : 
XXIV., 5; Movt.: VIL, 6. 

7. Marching". 

8. Yd. a falU Kn. St. 2 A. fig. (§ 43). " On the left (r.) 
— kneel ! Arms f orw. — bend ! Trunk backw. — bend ! Arm- 
flinging — one ! Two ! " . . . 

9. Yd. c stride st. quick T. rot. (§ 44). Feet sidew. 
place, and arms sidew. — stretch ! Trunk rotation, left and 
right— one! Two! . . . Forw. — turn! Position!" 

10. 2 A. and L. fig. upw. jump. Compare XXIV., 10. 
"Arms and legs flung sidew., upw. jump. — start!" (Com- 
pare LXI., 10.) Followed by vault over chairs as in LXX., 10. 

11. Str. stride st. slow. 2 Kn . flex. Compare LXII. , 5. 

12. Fallout St. 5 2 A. elev. sidew. upw. (§ 46). Com, 
pos. : XX., 5. Trunk erect. Movt. : XIIL, 11. 

End as in LVI. 



134 



School Gymnastics 



LXXII. 



1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Wg. wlk. a St. backw. 2 Kn. flex. ser. Compare 

LXXI.,2. 

3. Bend arch wlk. c st. alt. A. ext. upw. (§ .39). 

Compare LXIX., 3. End by Str. close St. T. forw, downw. 
flex. 

4. Cr. a bal. hang", pos. (§ 40). See LXXI., 4, or sub- 
stitute Turn loalk a st. 2 A. ext. sidew. and hackw. 

5. Str. St. L. elev. sidew. (§ 41). " Arms upw. — 
stretch ! Left (r.) leg sideways — lift! Change feet — one! 
Two! " . . . (Fig. 6.) 

6. Wg. fallout St. 2 A. ext. to yd. d (§ 42). Pos. : 
XXIV., 5. Movt. : IX., 6. 

7. Marching. 

8. Yd. a fall. F. gr. h St. 2 A. fig. (§ 43). First as in 
XXIV., 8, then " Arms forw. — bend ! Trunk backw. — bend! 
Arm-flinging — one ! Two !". . . In absence of desks apply 
LXXI., 8. 

9. Str. turn stride st. T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). Com- 
pare XIV., 8. 

10. Prep, to jump. " Prepare to jump — start ! " Com- 
pare LIX., 10. Followed by Forw. andbackw.jump — ^* Forw. 
and backw. jump — 6ne! Two! Three! Four! Five! Six!*' 
3 = forw jump. 4 = landing and immediate backw. jump. Com- 
pare XI., 9, and LXVI., 10. 

11. Str. St. slow 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. Compare LXV., 5. 

12. Yd. d toe St. 2 A. elev. and 2 Kn. flex. (§ 46). 

•* Arms sideways — lift ! Hands — turn ! Heels lift ! Arm- 
elevation, knee-flexion and respiration — one! Two!" . . . 
1 = Inhalation, while str. courtesy sitt. pos. is assumed. 2 = 
Exhalation, while Yd. d toe st. pos. is assumed. 
End as in LVI. 



School Gymnastics 135 



LXXIII. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Wff. wlk. d St. backw. 2 Kn. flex. ser. Compare 
LXXI.,2, and LXIl., 2. 

3. Yd. a arch wlk. b st. 2 A. fig. (§ 39). "Left (r.) 
foot forw. and arms forw. — bend! Trunk backw. — bend! 
Arm-flinging — one ! Two! "... End by sir. st. T, forw. 
downw. flex. 

4. Cr. abal.hanff. alt. Kn. ext. forw. (§40). "Hands 
on desks — place ! Knees upw. — bend ! Alternate knee- 
extension — one ! Two!" . . . (One knee extends while the 
other bends) '* Knee — bend ! Backw. — stretch ! " (Fig. 16.) 
"Position!" or substitute T%Lrn wlk. a st. 2 A. ext. sidew.^ 
backw, and upw. 

5. Str. toe St. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. (§ 41). Compare 
XIX.) 5. 

6. i str. yd. d fallout st. d2 A. elev. (§ 42). Com. pos. ; 
XXIV., 5. Movt. : compare XLV., 6. 

7. Marching. 

8. Str. ly. 2 Li. elev. to 45°. Compare XLV., 8. When 
the floor cannot be used apply LXIX., 8. 

9. Str. Kn. St. T. rot. (§ 44). Compare XVII., 9. 

10. 1 step forw. jump. " Left (r.) foot forward, forw. 
jump— start! " Compare XXVIII., 10. Followed by 90° Twice 
upw. jump. See LI., 10. 

11. Str. fallout St. c Heel-elev. Compare XLIV., 11. 

12. Yd. c fallout St. 6 2 A. circ. (§ 46). Com. pos. : XX., 
5. Trunk erect. Movt. : XVII., 12. 

End as in LVI. 



136 



School Gymnastics 



LXXIY. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Rest stride st. 2 Kn. flex- in ser. ** Neck— firm! 

Foot-placing sidew., heel-elevation, knee-fiexiou — dne! . , . 
Six!" Compare LV., 2. 

3. Yd. a arcti wlk. c st. 2 A. flg. (§ 39). Compare 
LXXIII., 3. 

4. Or. a bal. hang. alt. Kn. ext. (§ 40). See LXXIII., 

4, or substitute Turn wlk. a st. 2 A. ext. sidew, ^ backw. and upw. 

5. Str. cr. a ^ st. Kn. ext. forw. (§ 41). Compare 
XXIL, 5. 

6. Yd. h fallout St. 2 A. flg. (§ 42). Compare XLVI., 6. 

7. Marching. 

8. Bend fall Kn. st. alt. A. ext. upw. (§ 43). " Kneel ! 
Arms upw. — bend! Trunk backw. — bend! Alternate arm- 
extension upw. — one ! Two!" . . . Comp. VI., 3. 

9. Str. turn close st. T. sidew. flex. (§44). Compare 
XX., 9. 

10. Twice upw. jump. Twice upw. jump — start! *' 
Compare XLVL, 10, and LXI., 10. Followed by 1 step 90" 
jump: see LIIL, 10. 

11. Yd. d courtesy sitt. 2 A. elev. See LXVIII., 5. 

12. Yd. a fallout st. c 2 A. fig. (§ 46). Feet close and 
hips — firm! Left (r.) foot forw. — falldut! Trunk erect! 
Arms forw. — bend ! Arm-flinging, respiration — one! Twol '* 

End as in LVI. 



School Gymnastics 



137 



LXXY. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Rest wlk. h St. 2 Kn. flex. ser. Compare LXXIV., 
2, and LVII., 2. 

3. Bend arch turn stride st. alt. A. ext. upw. 

(§39). " Feet sidew. and arms upw. —bend! Trunk to the 
left (r.) — turn! Backw. — bend! Alternate arm-extension 
upw. — one! Two! "... End by str. stride st. T. forw. 
downw. flex. 

4. Bend fallhang. alt. L. elev. (§40). Com.pos. as 
LIII., 4. Then, "Arms- bend! (or Lift!) Left (r.) leg- 
lift! Change feet— one! Two!" ... Or substitute Turn 
wlk. a St. 2 A. ext. forw. y hackw. and upw. 

5. Str. toe stride st. 2 Kn. flex to sitt. (§ 41). Com- 
pare XXIII., 5. 

6. Bend fallout st. d slow 2 A. ext. upw. (§ 42). 
Com. pos. : XXIV., 5. Movt. : XXXI., 3. 

7. Marching. 

8. Bend fall P. gr. sitt. alt. A. ext. upw. (§ 43). 

Compare XXII., 8, and LXXIV., 8, which is used as substitute 
in absence of desks. 

9. Wg. fallout St. a T. rot. (§ 44). Com. pos. : XVII., 
5. Rotate to the side of the advanced foot, — followed by (if 
space permits) ^ str. side fall L. elev. Com. LXV., 9, and 
LIX., 9. 

10. 2 steps forw. jump as XXXII., 10, but command — - 
** stdrt! " Followed by 90° Twice upw. jump. See L., 10. 

11. Yd. d stride courtesy sitt. 2 A. elev. Compare 
LXVIII., 5. 

12. Fallout St. c 2 A. ext. to Yd. d (§ 46). Com. pos. : 
XXL, 5. Trunk erect. Movt. : VII., 11. 

End as in LVI. 



138 



School Gymnastics 



LXXVI. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Rest wlk. a St. 2 Kn. flex. ser. Compare LXXIV., 
2, and LX., 2. 

3. Bend arch close, st. alt. A. ext. upw. (§ 39). Com- 
pare LXIX., 3. 

4. Bend fallhang. alt. L elev. (§ 40). See LXXV., 4, 

or substitute Turn ivlk. a st. 2 A. exi.forw.^ sidew. and upw. 

5. Rest Wlk. d St. 2 Kn. flex. (§ 41). Compare XXVI., 5. 

6. Bend turn fallout st. a alt A. ext. to yd. d (§ 42). 

" (Right (r.) oblique — face ! ) Arms upw. — bend ! Left (r?) foot 
sidew. forw. — fallout ! Trunk to the left (r. ) — turn ! Trunk 
erect! Alternate arm-extension sidew., palms up — dne! 
Two! "... Compare X., 6. 

7. Marching'. 

8. Bend fall h Kn. st. alt. A. ext. upw. (§43). Com- 
pare LXXIV., 8. 

9. Yd. c stride st. T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). Com. pos. : VII., 
2. " Trunk to the left (r.) — bend ! Upw. — stretch ! " . . . 

10. Twice forw. jump, as XLVIII., lO, but com. ** — 
Btdrt! *' Followed by 2 steps 90° forw. jump. See LV., 10. 

11. Str. heel sup. wlk. 5 st. T. forw. flex. Compare 
LI., 11. 

12. St. 2 A. elev. sidew. upw. and 2 Kn. flex. (§ 46). 

*' Arm-elevation sidew. upw., heel-elev., knee-flex, and respi- 
ration— one'^two ! Three'^four! The same — one'~"two ! 
Three'^four! "... 1 = 2 A. elev. sidew, and 2 Heel-elev. 2 
= 2 A. elev. upw. and 2 Kn. flex. 1,2 = inhalation ; 3, 4 = exhala- 
tion. Turn the hands gradually, not suddenly, and let the 
heel-elev. and Kn. flex, the Kn. ext. and heel-sinking merge 
into each other. 

End as in LVI. 



School Gymnastics 139 



LXXVIL 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Rest wlk. d St. 2 Kn. flex. ser. Compare LXXIV., 
2 and LXII., 2. 

3. Yd. a arch turn stride st. 2 A. fig. (§ 39) . Feet 
sidew. — place ! Arms f orw. — bend ! Trunk to the left (r.) — 
turn! Backw. — bend! Arm -flinging — one! Two!" . . . 
End by str. stride st. T.forw. downw. flex. 

4. Bal. hang. H. rot. (§ 40). Hands on desks — place ! 
Legs backw. — lift ! Head-rotation left and right — dne ! 
Twd!" . . . 

In absence of desks apply : 

Turn wlk. a st. 2 A, ext.forw.y sidew., backw. and upw. 

6. Str. wlk. a st. 2 Kn. flex. (§ 41). Compare XXV., 6. 

6. Bend turn fallout st. a alt. A. ext. upw. (§ 42), 
Com. pos. : see LXXVl., 6 : Movt. : VI., 3. 

7. Marching. 

8. Rest ly. 2 L. swim. (§ 43). Com. pes, : see XVII., 
8. Movt. : § 31. 9. If the floor cannot be used, apply LXXIX,, 8. 

9. Wg. fallout St. a rev. T. rot. (§ 44). Com . pos. : XVII., 

5. Rotate to the side of the backw. foot, 

10. 3 steps forw. jump, as in XXXV., 10, but command 
— ** Start I " Followed by Tivice sidew. jump a. See LIT, 10. 

11. Str. stride st. slow 2 Kn. flex to sitt. See 
LXX. 5. 

12. Yd. d fallout St. c 2 A. elev. (§ 46). Com. pes.: 
XXI., 5. Trunk erect. Movt.: IX., 11. 

End as in LVI. 



140 



School Gymnastics 



LXXVIII. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Yd. c wlk. h St. backw. 2 Kn. flex., in ser. " Arm- 
extension sidew., foot-placing backw., heel-elevation and 
knee-flexion — one! . . . six! (or StArt! Stop!)" Compare 
LXVII., 2. 

3. Yd. a arch close st. 2 A. flgr- (§ 39). Compare 
LXXIV., 3. 

4. Bal. hang. H. rot. (§ 40). See LXXVII., 4, or substi- 
tute Turn wlk. b st. 2 A. ext. sidew. and upw. 

6. Bend toe st. 2 A. ext. upw. and 2 Kn. flex. 

(§41). "Arms upw. — bend! Heels — lift! Arm-ext. upw., 
knee-flex. — one! Two! One! Tw(5!" . . . 1 = str. courtesy 
sitt. pos. 2 = Bend toe st. pos. 

6. Yd. a turn fallout st. a 2 A. flg. (§ 42). Compare 
LXXVI., 6. 

7. Marching. 

8. Bend fall F. gr. h st alt. A. ext. upw. (f 43). Com- 
pare XXIV., 8, and LXXV., 8. In absence of desks apply 
LXXVI., 8. 

9. Yd. c St. T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). Compare I., 11, 
Arms sidew. — stretch ! Trunk to the left (r.) — bend ! Upw. 

— Stretch ! " . . . 

10. 90° twice upw. jump, as in LI., 10, but com. " — 
stdrt! " Followed by 1 step forw, jump, as in LXXIII., 10. 

11. Str. wlk. a st. slow. 2 Kn. flex. See LXXVII., 5. 

1. Fallout st c 2 A. elev. forw. upw. (§ 46). Com. 
pos. : XXI., 5, Trunk erect. Movt. : XL, 11. 

End as in LVI. 



School Gymnastics 141 



LXXIX. 

1. Introd. See LI, 

2. Yd. c wlk. ast. backw. 2 Kn. flex. ser. Compare 
LXXVIII., 2. 

3. Bend arch turn st. alt. A. ext. upw. (§ 39). Com- 
pare LXXV., 3. End by Str. st. T.forw. downw. flex. 

4. Stoopfall. 2 A. flex, (desks) (§ 40). See LXI., 4. 
As substitute use Turn wlk. b st. 2 A. flex, backw. and upw. 

5. Rest cr. a ^ St. Kn. abd. (§ 41). Compare XXVII., 5. 

6. Yd. c turn fallout st. a 2 A. rot. (§42). Compare 
LXXVI., 6and VI., 6. 

7. Marching. 

8. Stoopfall alt. A. elev. (chairs) (§ 43). *• Hands on 
chairs — place ! Feet backw. — place ! " (Fig. 14). " Left (r.) 
Arm — lift! Sink!" . . . The arm is raised into ^ str. pos. 
In absence of chairs, or if the floor cannot be used, etc., apply 
LXXX., 8. 

9. i str. rev. turn fallout st. a pos. (§ 44). ** Left arm 
upw., right arm backw., to the right, and left foot sidew. forw. 
fallout — one! Two! Change arms, feet and sides — one! 
Two ! The same — one ! Tw6 !"...!= bend st. pos. 2 = left 
arm upw., right arm backw., fallout to the left, trunk rotated 
to the right, head to the left. — For modification in classroom 
compare XVII., 5. 

10. 180° upw. jump, as XXX., 10, but command** — 
start ! " Followed by 1 step jump, over mark. See XL VII., 10. 

11. Str. wlk. b St. slow 2 Kn. flex, in ser. Com- 
pare LXVIIL, 2. 

12. Fallout St. c 2 A. elev. sidew. upw. (§ 46). Com- 
pos. : XXI., 5. Trunk erect. Movt. : XIII., 11. 

End as in LVI. 



142 



School Gymnastics 



LXXX. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Yd. c wlk. d St. backw. 2 Kn. flex, in ser. Com- 

pare LXXVIII., 2. 

3. Bend arch st. alt. A. ext. upw. (§ 39). "Arm& 
upw. — bend ! Trunk backw. — bend ! Alternate arm-ext. 
upw. — one ! Two ! " . . . End by Str. st. T. forw. downu 
flex. 

4. Stoopfall 2 A.flex. (desks). SeeLXI.,4. Or substi- 
tute Turn ivlk. b st. 2 A. ext. sidew., backw. and upw. 

5. ^ str. hor. h st. pos. (§ 41) . *' Hips — firm ! Horizon- 
tal half standing, left (r.) arm upw. right (1.) leg backw. — lift! 
Change arms and feet — one! Two! "... Compare LV., 5. 

6. Wg. turn fallout st. a 2 A. swim (§ 42). Compare 
LXXVI., 6 and § 33. 5. 

7. Marching". 

8. Rest fall Kn. st. T. rot. (§ 43). Kneel! Neck — 
firm! Trunk backw. —bend! {Fall; do not arch.) Trunk 
to the left (r.) turn! Forw. — turn!'* . . . 

9. Yd. c close St. T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). " Feet — 
close! Arms sidew. — lift! Trunk to the left (r.) — bend! 
Upw. — stretch ! " . . . 

10. Twice sidew. jumi). a, as in LIT., 10, but com. ** — 
start! " Followed by 2 steps jump over marks. See XLIX,, 10. 

11. Str. wlk., a st. slow 2 Kn. flex, in ser. Compare 
LXIX., 2. 

12. Yd. c fallout St. c 2 A. circ. (§ 46). Com. poe. : 
XXI., 5. Trunk erect. Movt. : XV., 11. 

End as in LVI. 



School Gymnastics 143 



LXXXI. 

1. Introd. Sec LI. 

2. Rest wlk. h St. backw. 2 Kn. flex. ser. " Neck — 
firm! Foot-placing backw., heel-elev. and knee-flex. — one I 
. . . Six! " . . . Compare LVII., 2. 

3. Yd. a arcla turn st. 2 A. flff. (§ 39) . " Arms forw. — 
bend! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn! Backw. —bend! Arm- 
flinging — one ! Two ! " . . . End by Str. St. T. forw. downw.flex. 

4. Fallhang. 2 A. flex. (§ 40). See LXIII., 4. Or sub- 
stitute T'urn wlk. a st. 2 A. ext. sidew., backw. and upw. 

5. Reach cr. 6 I St. Kn. flex, to sitt. (§41). "Arms 
forw. — lift! Left (r.) leg forw.— lift! All the way down 
right (1.) knee — bend! Stretch! Change feet — one! Two!" 
etc. 

6. Str. turn fallout st. a 2 A. ext. upw. (§ 42). 
'*Left (r.) foot sidew., forw. fallout, trunk erect and arms 
upw., stretch — one! Two!" (l = Bend st. 2 = Str. fallout 
a.) "Trunk to the left (r.) — turn! Arm-extension upw. — 
one! Tw(5! One! Twd! . . . The same and change feet — 
one! Two! "... Compare LXXVI., 6. 

7. Marching. 

8. Rest fall. F. gr. sitt. T. rot. (§ 43). Compare 
XLII., 8. 

In absence of desks, etc, apply LXXX., 8. 

9. Yd. c fallout St. a T. rot. (§ 44). Com. pes. : XVII., 

5. Rotate to the side of the advanced foot. (Trunk inclined.) 

10. 1 Step 90° jump, as in LIII., 10, but command 
** — st^rt ! " Followed by 180° tvnce upw. jump. See LXII., 
10. 

11. Rest wlk. d St. slow 2 Kn. flex. See LXXVI., 5. 

12. Yd. a fallout St. <^ 2 A. flgf. (§ 46). Com. pos.: 
XXIV., 5. Trunk erect. Movt. : III., 11. 

End as in LVI. 



144 School Gymnastics 



LXXXII. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Wg. fiallout St. a pos. ziffzag forw. "Hips- 
firm ! Left (r. ) foot sidew. forw. — fallout ! Change feet forw, 
— one! Two!" . . . 1 = wg. st. forw. 2 = fallout st. a forw. 
with the right (1.) foot. In schoolroom: ** Change f orw. — 
one ! Two ! " 1 = backw. foot beside the forw. one. 2 = left 
(r.) (same as in first command) foot takes fallout a pos. Com- 
pare XVII., 5. 

3. Yd. a arch st. 2 A. fig. (§ 39). "Arms forw.-- 
bend ! Trunk backw. — bend ! Arm-flinging — one ! Two J 
. . . Trunk upw. — stretch! Arms — lift! Trunk forw. 
downw. — bend!" . . . 

4. Fallhang. 2 A. flex. (§40). SeeLXm.,4. Or sub- 

stitute Turn wile, h st. 2 A. ext. forw. ^ sidew. and upw. 

6. Str. toe St. alt. Kn. flex. upw. (§ 41). Compare 
XXIX., 5. 

6. Wg. turn fallout st. a 2 A. ext. to h str. yd. 

(§ 42). Com. pos. : compare LXXVI., 6. Movt. : IX., 3. 

7. Marching. 

8. Rest fall i Kn. st. T. rot. (§ 43). Compare XLIV.,8. 

9. Yd. c wlk. h St. T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). Bend to 
the side of the advanced foot. (For com. pos. see IX., 2.) 

10. Twice sidew. jump h, as in LV., 10, but command 
** — start ! '* Followed by .5 steps jump over mark. See LI., 10. 

11. Rest, fallout st. a Heel-elev. "Hips — firm! 
Left (r.) foot sidew. forw. — fallout ! Neck — firm! Heel- 
elevation —one ! Two! "... Compare XLIII., 11. 

12. Fallout St. d2 A. ext. to yd. d (§ 46). Com. po«. : 
XXIV., 5. Movt: VII., 11. 

End as in LVI. 



School Gymnastics 146 



LXXXIII. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Rest wlk. a st. backw. 2 Kn. flex, in ser. 

Compare LXXXI., 2, and XXV., 6. 

3. Bend arch turn close st. alt. A. ext. upw. 

(§ 39) . Compare LXXIX. , 3. 

4. Bal. hang. 2 A. flex. (§40). SeeLXIX.,4. Or sub- 
stitute Turn wlk. b st. 2 A. ext. forw. backw. and upw, 

6. Rest St. 2 Kn. flex. (§41). "Neck — firm! Heels 
— lift! Knees — bend! Knees — stretch ! Heels — sink!" . . . 

6. Str. turn fallout st. a 2 A. flgr. (§ 42). Compare 
LXXVI.,6, and XL., 6. 

7. Marching. 

8. Rest fall. P. gr. ^ st. T. rot. (§ 43). Compare 
XL VI., 8. In absence of chairs substitute LXXXIL, 8. 

9. i str. rev. turn fallout st. a pos. zigzag forw. 

(§ 44). '* Left arm upw., right arm backw., to the right, and 
left foot sidew. , forw. , fallout — one ! Twd ! " (See LXXIX., 
9). "Change arms and feet forw.— one! Two!" l=The 
backw. (right) foot moves forw. into fund. pos. and the arms 
bend = bend st. pos. 2 = This foot takes fallout a pos. = str. 
rev. turn fallout a to the right. " The same — oneJ 
Two! "... 

10. 2 steps 90° forw. jump, as in LV., 10, but com. 
*' — itart ! " Followed by Forw. jump. See XL, 9. 

11. Bend toe st. 2 A. ext. upw. and 2 Kn. flex 
slowly. See LXXVIIL, 5. 

12. Yd. d fallout St. d 2 A. elev. (§ 46). Com. pos. : 
XXIV., 5. Trunk erect. Movt. : IX., 11. 

End as in LVI. 



146 School GymnctsiiGS 



LXXXIV. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Wg". fallout St. 5 pos. continuously forw. Hips 

— firm ! Left (r.) foot forw. — fallout 1 Change feet forw. — 6ne ! 
Two! One! Two! "... The backw. foot moves forw. into 
fund. pos. (1) and then into fallout b pos. (2). 

3. Bend arch stride st. alt. A. ext. upw. (§ 39). 
Compare LXXX., 3. 

4. Bal. hang". 2 A. flex. (§ 40). See LXXXIII. 4. Or 
substitute Turnwlk. b st. 2 A. ext. forw.y sidew,^ backw. and 
upw. 

5. Rest wlk. b St. 2 Kn. flex. (§ 41). Compare IV., 5. 

6. Str. turn fallout st. a 2 A. elev. (§ 42). Com. 

LXXXL,6, and XLI., 6. 

7. Marching". 

8. Str. ly. 2 li. swim (§ 43). Compare LXXVII., 8. 
If the floor cannot be used apply Stoop/all alt. A. elev. See 
LXXIX., 8. 

9. Yd. c wlk. c St. T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). Bend to the 
side of the advanced foot. (Com. pos. : X., 2.) 

10. 360° upw. jump, as in LVI., 10, but com. — Start! '* 
Followed by 2 A. Jig. twice upiv.jump. See LVIII., 10. 

11. Bend toe stride st. 2 A. ext. upw. and 2 Kn. 
flex, slowly. See LXXVIII., 5. 

12. Fallout St. d 2 A. elev. forw. upw. (§ 46). Com. 
pos. : XXIV., 5. Trunk erect. Movt. : XI., 11. 

End as in LYL 



School Gymnastics 



147 



LXXXY. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Rest wlk. d St. backw. 2 Kn. flex, in ser. 

Compare LXXXl., 2. 

8. Yd. a arch turn close st. 2 A. fig. (§ 39). Compare 
LXXXI., 3. End by Str. closest. T,forw,, downw. flex. 

4. Faimang. alt. L. elev. (§ 40). See LXVII., 4. Or 
substitute Turn wlk. c st. 2. A. ext. sidew. and upw. 

5. Str. St. L. elev. backw. (§ 41). Compare V., 5. 

6. Reach turn fallout st. a 2 A. flg. (§ 42). Compare 
LXXVI., 6, and XLII., 6. 

7. Marchingr. 

8. Bend fall Kn. st. 2 A. ext. upw. (§ 43). Kneel! 
Arms upw. — bend! Trunk backw. — bend! {Do not arch.) 
Arm-extension upw. — one! Two!" , . . 

9. Yd. c fallout St. a rev. T. rot (§ 44). Rotate to side 
of the backw. foot; the trunk inclined. 

10. 3 steps 90°jump, as in LVII., 10, but com. — 
start!" Followed Wg. toe stride st. jump. Feet strike. See 
XXXVIII., 10. 

11. Rest St. slow 2 Kn. flex. See LXXXIII., 5. 

12. Fallout St. d 2 A. elev. sidew. upw. (§ 46). 
Com. pos. : XXIV., 5. Trunk erect. Movt. : Xixf., 11. 

End as in LVI. 



148 School Gymnastics 



LXXXVI. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Wg. fallout St. b pos. contin. backw. Compare 
LXXXIV., 2. 

3. Yd. a arch stride st. 2 A. flg. (§ 39). Compare 
LXXXII., 3. 

4. Fallhang. alt. L. elev. (§ 40). See LXXXV., 4. Or 

substitute Turn wlk, c st. 2 A, ext, sidew. and backw. 

5. Str. close toe st. slow march. (§ 41). Compare 



6. Yd. d turn fallout st. a 2 A. elev. (§ 42). See 
LXXVI.,6and XLIII., 6. 

7. Marching". 

8. Bend fall. F. gr. sitt. 2 A. ext. upw. (§ 43). 
Com. pos. : see XXII., 8. Movt. : LXXXV., 8, which is used as 
substitute in absence of desks. i 

9. Rest Stride st. quick T. sidew. flex. {§ 44). 

'* Feet sideways place, and neck — firm! Trunk flexion to the 
left and right — one! Two! One! Two! . . . Upward — 
stretch! Position!" 

10. 2 A. flg. twice upw. jump, as in LVIII., 10, but 
com. ** — start! " Followed by 1 step 90° jump, as in LIII., 
10, but com. —start !— Four ! " 

11. Rest Wlk. b St. slow 2 Kn. flex. See LXXXIV., 6. 

12. Yd. c fallout St. d 2 A. circ. (§ 46). Com. pos. : 
XXIV., 5. Trunk erect. Movt. : XV., 11. 

End as in LVI. 



School Gymnastics 149 



LXXXVII. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Str. stride st. 2 Knee flex, in ser. Comp. 
LXVIl., 2. 

3. Bend arch turn wlk. a st. 2 A. ext. upw. (§ 39). 
"Left (r.) foot sideways forw. and arms upw. — oend! To 
the left (r.) — turn! Backw. — bend! Arm-extension upw. 

— dne! Two!" . . . End by Str. strictest. T. forw. downw. 
fiex. 

4. Or. a bal. hang pos. (§ 40). See LXXIII., 4. Or 
substitute Turn wlk. c st. 2 A ext. sidew., backw. and upw. 

5. Rest stride st. 2 Kn. flex. (§ 41). Compare VIL, 5. 

6. Wg. turn fallout st. a slow 2 A. ext. to yd. d 
(§42). Compare LXXVI. 6. " Arm-extension sidew. slowly, 
palms up — one! Two ! " . . . 

7. Marching. 

8. Bend fall i Kn. st. 2 A. ext. upw. (§ 43). Comp. 
LXXXV.,8. 

9. Rest fallout St. a T. rot. (§ 44). Com. pos. XVII., 6. 
** Neck — firm! Trunk to the left (side of the advanced foot) 

— turn ! Forw. — turn ! . . . Hips — firm ! Change feet — 
6ne ! Two I Neck — firm ! " etc. 

10. Jump from chair. " Stand on the chair and face 
the aisle! Left (r.) leg forw. — lift! Downward — jump!" 
(Land on both feet in usual manner). ''Three! ( = Knees 
stretch). Four! ( = heels sink.)'* Followed by Wg. stride toe 
st.jump. Feet strike as in XXXVIII., 10, but com. " — Start ! 

— Stop! " 

11. Rest fallout St. c Heel-elev. Com. pos. XXI., 6. 
**Neck — firm! Heel-elevation — one! Two!" . . . Com- 
pare XLIV., 11. 

12. Close St. 2 A. elev. forw., upw. and T. rot. 
(| 46). " Arm-elevation forw., upw., trunK rotation, left and 
right respiration — one ! Two ! Three ! Four ! The same — 
one I Two! "... 1 = rot. to the left, 2 A. elev. forw., upw. 
and inhalation. 3 = the same to the right. 2 and 4 = Arms 
sink sidew. downward, while the trunk rotates forw. during 
exhalation. 

£nd as in LTI. 



150 School Gymnastics 



LXXXVIII. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Wg". fallout St. a pos. zig-zag backw. Compare 

LXXXLL, 2. 

3. Bend, arch wlk. h St. 2 A. ext. upw. (§ 39). Com- 
pare LXIX., 3. 

4. Or. a bal. hang. pos. (§ 40). See LXXIII., 4. Or sub- 
stitute Turn walk e st. 2 A. ext. sidew.^ forw. and uptc, 

5. Str. or. a J st. pos. (§ 41). Compare VIII., 5. 

t5. I str. yd. d turn fallout, st. a 2 A. elev. (§ 42). 
Compare LXXVI., 6 and XLV., 6. 

7. Marching. 

8. Bend fall. F. gr. h st. 2 A. ext. upw. (§ 34). 
Com. pos. : XXIV., 8. Movt. : compare LXXXV., 8. 

In absence of desks apply LXXXVII., 8. 

9. Yd. c turn stride st. T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). Com. 
pos.: VII., 2. "Trunk to the left — turn! To the left — bend! 
Upw. — stretch ! To the left — bend ! Upw. — stretch ! To the 
right — turn! "... 

10. Sidew. forw. jump, as in LXIV., 10, but com. — 
start! '* Followed by vault over chairs, as in LXV., 10. 

11. Rest stride st. slow 2 Kn. flex. See 
LXXXVII., 5. 

12. St. 2 A. elev. forw. upw. and T. rot. (§ 46). 

Compare LXXXVII., 12. 

End as in LVl. 



School Gymnastics 



161 



LXXXIX. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Str. wlk. h St. 2 Kn. flex, in ser. Compare 
LXVIIl., 2. 

3. Bend arch wlk. c st. 2 A. ext. upw. (§ 39). Com- 
pare LXXXVIII.,3. 

4. Fallhanff.alt. L.elev.(§40). SeeLXVII. 4. Or sub- 
stitute Turn wile, b st. 2 A. ext.forw., hackw. and upw, 

5. Rest Stride st. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. (§ 41). Compare 
XIV. 5. 

6. Yd. h turn fallout st. a 2 A. fig. (§ 42). Compare 
LXXVI., 6and XL VI., 6. 

7. Marching. 

8. Rest ly. 2 L. abd. (§ 43). Com. pos. : XIX., 8. Movt. 
§ 31. 7. "Slightly, legs — lift! Leg— abduction — one ! 
Two ! " . . . 1 = the legs move apart ; 2 = they move to- 
gether. — If the floor cannot be used, apply XC, 8. 

9. i str. rev. turn fallout st. a pos. zigzag backw. 
(§ 44). Compare LXXXIII., 9. " Left arm upw., right arm 
backw., to the right, and right foot sidew., backw. fallout — 
one! Twd! Change arms and feet backw.— one ! Twol'* . . . 

10. Upw. jump. " Upw. jump — (3ne! Two! Three'~'f oiir ! 
Five!" The knees are extended immediately after landing. 

Followed by 1 step forw. jump. See LXXIII., 10. 

11. Rest toe sup. wlk. b st. Kn. flex. Compare 
LIII., 11. 

12. Yd. aturn. falloutst. a2 A. flg". (§46). Compare 
LXXVIIL, 12. " Arms forward bend, and left (r.) foot side- 
ways, forw. — f all6ut ! Trunk erect ! To the left (r.) — turn ! 
Arm-flinging respiration — one ! Two ! " . . . 

End as in LVI. 



152 School Gymnastics 



XC. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Yd. a 2 flg. and fallout h backw. " Arms forw. 

— bend! Arm-flinging sidew., left (r.) foot backw. — fallout! 
Arm-flinging, change feet — one! Two!" . . . 

3. Bend arch turn stride st. 2 A. ext. upw. (§ 39). 

Compare LXXXVII., 3. 

4. Fallhang. alt. L. elev. (§ 49). See LXVIL, 4. Or 
substitute Turn wlk. c st.2 A. ext. forw,, sidew., backw. and 
upw. 

5. Str. cr. a^st. Kn. ext. backw. (§41). Compare 
XIII., 5. 

6. Bend turn fallout st. a slow 2 A. ext. upw. 

(§ 42). Compare LXXVI., 6 and LXI., 6. 

7. Marching. 

8. Bend stoopfall alt. L. elev. (§ 43). "Hands on 

the chairs — place! Feet backw. — place! (Fig. 14.) Arms — 
bend! (LXVII., 8.) Left (r.) leg — lift! Sink!'» . . . 
(XXXVII. , 8). (As substitute use XCI., 8.) 

9. Yd. c turn wlk. a st. T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). Com. 
pos., as LVIII., 2. Bend to the side of the advanced foot. 

10. 2 A. and L. fig. Twice upw. jump, as in LX., 
10, but com. : " — start ! " 

Followed by vault over chairs, as in LXVIII., 10. 

11. Rest St. slow 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. Compare X., 5. 

12. Stride st. 2 A. elev. forw., upw. and T. rot. 

(§ 46). Compare LXXXVII., 12. 

find as in LVI. 



School Gymnastics 163 



XCI. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Yd. d toe St. 2 A. elev. and 2 Kn. flex. See 
LXXII., 12. 

3. Bend arch close st. 2 A. ext. upw. (§ 39). 
" Feet close and arms upw. — bend! Trunk backw. — bend.! 
Arm-extension upw. — one! Two! One! Two! Trunk upw. 
— stretch! Forw. downw. — bend! " . . . 

4. Cr. a bal. hang. alt. Kn. ext. (§ 40). See LXXIII., 

4. Or substitute Bend st, slow 2 A ext. to Yd. d. 

6. Yd. c St. L. elev. sidew. (§41). Compare XVI., 5. 

6. Str. fallout St. h T. forw. flex. (§ 42). " With arm- 
extension upw., left(r.) foot backw. fallout — one! (=bend st.^ 
Two ! (= Str. fallout h). Trunk forw. — bend ! (= trunk bends 
to horizontal, arms in a line with the body). Upw. — stretch! 
, . . Arm-ext., change feet — one! Two! "... 

7. Marching. 

8. Str. fall Kn. st. T. rot. (§ 43). Compare XL., 8. 

9. Rest fallout st. a rev. T. rot. (§ 44). Com. pos. : 
XVII., 5. ''Neck — firm! Trunk to the right (1.)— turn! " 
. . . (To the side of the backw. foot. Trunk inclined.) 

10. 1 step forw. jump, as in XXVIII, but com. : — 
start ! — Four ! " The pupils go through all except the last 
motion without counts. 

Followed by sidew, jump, as in XVI., 9, but com. : *• — start ! " 

11. Rest stride st. slow 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. Com- 
pare XIV., 5. 

12. Turn fallout st. a 2 A. ext. to Yd. d (§ 46). See 
LXXXVII.,6. Inhale when the arms extend; exhale when 
they bend. 

End as in LVI. 



154 School Gymnastics 



XCII. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Str.wlk.ast. 2Kn. fiexinser. Compare LXIX., 2. 

3. Bend arcla turn st. 2 A. ext. upw. (§ 39). Com- 
pare LXXXVII, 3. End by Str. st. T. forw. doivnw.flex. 

4. Cr. a bal. han^. alt. Kn. ext. (§40). See LXXIIL, 

4. Or substitute bend turn close st. slow. 2 A. ext. upw. 

5. Rest toe St. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. (§ 41). Compare 
XIX., 5. 

6. Str. fallout St. c T. forw. flex. (§ 42). Compare 
XCI., 6. 

7. Marching. 

8. Str. fall. F. g-r. sitt. T. rot. (§ 43). Compare XLII., 8 

In absence of desks apply XCI., 8. 

9. Yd. c turn st. T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). '* Arms sidew. 
— lift! Trunk to the left (r.) — turn! To the left (r.) — bend ! " 
. . . (To the side, to which rotation has taken place.) 

10. 180° Twice upw. jump, as in LXII., 10; but com. : 
*' — start! " 

Followed by 2 steps 90° jump, as in LV., 10. 

11. Str. toe sup. wlk. b st. Kn. flex. Compare 
LIII., 11. 

12. Yd. d turn fallout st. a 2 A. elev. (§ 46). See 
LXXXVI., 6. Inhale as the anus rise; exhale as they sink. 

End as in LVI. 



School Gymnastics 155 



XCIII. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Yd. a 2 A. fl^. and fallout, a backw. *' Arms 
forw. — bend ! Arm-flinging sidew., left (r.) foot sidew. backw. 

— fallout! Arm-flinging change feet — one! Two!" . . . For 
space compare XVIII., 5. 

.3. Bend arch st. 2 A. ext. upw. C§ 39). Compare 
XCI.,3. 

4. Bend fallhang alt. L. elev. (§ 40\ See LXXV., 4. 

As substitute use Bend turn stride st. slow 2 A. ext. upw. 

5. Rest cr. a ^ St. Kn. ext. forw. (§ 41). Compare 
XXII., 5. 

6. Str. turn fallout st. a T. forw. flex. (§ 42). Com. 

pos. as in LXXX., 6. Movt. as XCI., 6. 

7. Marching. 

8. Str. fall. ^Kn. St. T. rot. (§43). Compare XLIV., 8. 

9. \ str. rev. turn fallout st. a change of A. (§ 44). 
Com. pos. as LXXIX., 9. " With trunk rotation, change arms 

— one! Two! " 1 = Bend fallout st. pos. 2 = ^ str. turn 
fallout, st. a., that arm being up which corresponds to the 
backw. Ig., the body facing in direction of the advanced foot. 

10. 2 steps jump as in XXXII., 10, but com. : — Start I 

— Five ! " 

Followed by vault over chairs as in LXX., 10. 

11. Restheelsup. wlk.ftst. T. forw. flex. Compare 
LI., 11. 

12. Turn fallout st. a 2 A. elev. forw. upw. (§ 46). 

*' Hips — firm! Left (r.) foot sidew. forw. — fallout! Trunk 
to the left (r.) — turn! Trunk erect! Arm-elevation forw. 
upw. respiration — one! Two! One! Two!" . . . (XI. 11). 

End as in LVI. 



166 



School Gymnastics 



xciy. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Str. wlk. d St. 2 Kn. flex, in ser. Compare 

LXX., 2. 

3. Bend arch turn close st. 2 A. ext. upw. (§ 39). 

Compare XCII., 3. 

4. Bend fallhang alt. L. elev. (§ 40). See LXXV., 4. 

Or substitute Bend turn st. slow 2 A. ext. upw, 

5. Rest toe stride st. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. (§ 41). 

Compare XXIII., 5. 

6. Rest fallout St. h T. forw. flex. (S 42). "Hips — 
firm ! Left (r.) foot backw. — fallout ! Neck — firm ! Trunk 
forw. — bend ! " . . . Compare XCI., 6. 

7. Marching. 

8. Str. fall F. gr. k st. T. rot. (§ 43). Compare XL VI., 8. 
In absence of desks apply XCIII., 8. 

9. Yd. c turn close st. T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). Com- 
pare XCII., 9. 

10. Backw. jump, as in LXVI., 10, but com. : " — stdrt! '* 

Followed by vault over chairs^ as in LXX., 10. 

11. Str. wlk. 6 St. slow 2 Kn. flex, in ser. See 

LXXXIX., 2. 

12. Turn fallout st. a 2 A. elev. sidew. upw. (§ 46). 
Compare XCIII., 12 and XIII., 11. 

End as in LVI. 



School Gymnastics 167 



zcv. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. i str. fallout St. a zigzag forw. ** Left (r.) arm 
upw., right (1.) arm backw. and left (r.) foot sidew. forw. fall, 
out — one ! Twd ! Change arms and feet forw. — one ! Tw6 ! " 
... See LXXXIII., 9. 

3. Bend arch stride st. 2 A. ext. upw. (§ 39). Com, 
pare XCIII., 3. End by Str, stride st. T. forw. downw.flex. 

4. Cr. a bal. hang. 2 Kn. ext. forw. (§ 40). Com. pos. : 
see LXXL, 4. "Knees forw. — stretch ! Bend! Stretch! 
Bend! Backw. — stretch ! Position!" Or substitute Bend 
turn wlk. b st, slow 2 A. ext. upw. 

6. Restwlk.ast. 2Kn. flex. (§41). Compare XXV., 5. 

6. Rest fallout St. c T. forw. flex. (§ 42). Compare 
XCI., 6. 

7. Marching:. 

8. Str. ly. 2 Ii. abd. (§ 43). Compare LXXXIX., 8. — If 
the floor cannot be used apply XC, 8. 

9. Str. Stride st. quick T. rot. (§ 44). Compare 
LXXI., 9. 

10. 3 steps forw. jump, as in XXXV., 10, but com. : 

" — start !— Six ! " 

Followed by Twice sidew. jump, b as in LIV., 10, but com. : 
" — start ! " 

11. Wg". hor. ^ St. Kn. flex. *' Hips — firm! Horizon- 
tal half- standing, left (r.) leg backw. — lift! (See § 30. 13.) 
Knee — bend! (The carrying knee bends to utmost flexion.) 
Stretch ! *' (It resumes original flexion.) 

12. Yd. c turn fallout st. a 2 A. circ (§ 46). Compare 
LXXXIX. 12, and LXV., 12. 

End as in LVI. 



158 



School Gymnastics 



XCYI. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Str. wlk. h St. backw. 2 Kn. flex, in ser. Com- 
pare LXXXIX., 2 and LXXI., 2. 

3. Bend arch st. alt. A. ext. upw. and P. placing 
forw. (§ 39). " Arms upw. — bend ! Trunk backw. — bend ! 
Right arm upw. and left foot forw. — place ! Change arms and 
feet — one ! Two ! . . . One ! Trunk upw. — stretch ! Arms 
upw. — stretch 1 Trunk forw. downw. — bend! " . . . 

4. Cr. abal. hang- 2 Kn.ext. (§ 40). See XCV., 4. Or 

substitute Bend turn lolk. a st. s/oio 2 A. ext. upw. 
6. Str. wlk. d St. 2 Kn. flex. (§ 41). Compare XXVI., 5. 

6. Alt. A. fling", upw. and fallout d backw. (§ 42). 

** Left arm upw. fling, and left foot toe supporting backw. — 
fallout! Change arms and feet — one! Tw6!" . . . Com- 
pare IV., and § 30. 12. 

7. Marching. 

8. Reach fall Kn. st. 2 A. fig". (§ 43). Kneel! Arms 
forw. — lift! Trunk backw. — bend! Arm-flinging upw. — 
one! Two!" . . . 

9. Str. stride st. quick T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). Com- 
pare LXXXVI., 9. 

10. 360° twice upw. jump, as in LXVIII., 10, but com. 
" — start! " 

Followed by vault over chairs sidew. The pupil places both 
hands on the desk, and facing the platform he vaults into the 
next aisle. 

11. Rest wlk. a st. slow. 2 Kn. flex. Compare 
XXV., 5. 

12. Yd. a arch st. 2 A. flg. (§ 46). ''Arms forward- 
bend! Trunk backw. —bend! Arm-flinging, breathe in — 
one! Breathe out — two! The same — one 1 Two I ••• 
Trunk upw. — stretch '. Position I '* 

End as in LVI. 



School Gymnastics 159 



XCYII. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. i str. fallout St. a pos. zigzag backw. See 
LXXXIX., 9. 

3. Yd. a arch st. 2 A. flg. and F. placing forw. 

(| 39). " Arms forw. — bend! Trunk backw. — bend! Arm- 
flinging sideways, foot-placing forward ! — one ! Two ! Three ! 
Four ! Trunk upw. — stretch ! Arms upw. — stretch ! Trunk 
forw. downw. — bend ! " . . . 

4. Bend fallhang alt. L. elev. (§ 40). See LXXV., 4. 

Or substitute Bend turn wllc. c st. slow 2 A. ext. upw. 

5. Str. cr. a i St. Kn. abd. (§41). Compare XXVII., 5. 

6. 2 A. fling, upw. and fallout b backw. (§ 42). 
"Arm-flinging forw. upw. left foot backw. — fallout ! Arm- 
flinging, change feet — one ! Two!" . . . Compare XIV., 
6 and XX., 5. 

7. Marching. 

8. Reach fall F. gr. sitt. 2 A. fig. (§ 4.3). Compare 
Fig. 13 and XCVI., 8, which is used as substitute in absence 
of desks. 

9. Str. fallout St. a T. rot. (§ 44). " Arm-extension 
upw. left (r.) foot sidew. forw. fallout — one ! Two ! Trunk to 
the left (r.) — turn ! Forw — turn! . .. Arm-extension, change 
feet — one! Tw6!" . . . 

10. Jump from chairs whole start, as in LXXXVII., 
10, but spring from both feet. Com.: "Downward — jump! 
Two! Three! " 

Followed by 1 step 90° jump, as in LXXXVII., 10, and by for- 
ward and backward jump, as in LXXIL, 10, but com.: 
" — start! " 

11. Str. wlk. St. Slow 2 Kn. flex. See XCVI., 5. 

12. Yd. a arch stride st. 2 A. flg. (§ 46). Compare 
XCVI., 12. 

End as in LVI. 



160 



School Gymnastics 



XCYIII. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Str. wlk. a St. backw. 2 Kn. jlex. in ser. Com. 
pare LXIX., 2. 

3. Bend arch st. 2 A. ext. upw. and F. pi. forw. 

(§39). "Arms upw. — bend! TruuK: backw. — bend! Arm- 
extension upw., foot-placing forw. — one! Two! Three! 
Four ! " . . . Compare XCVII., 3. 

4. Bend fallhan^. alt. L. elev. (§ 40). See LXXV., 4. 

Or substitute Bend fallout st. b slow 2 A. ext. upw, 

5. Str. hor. ^ st. pos. (§ 41). "Arms upw. — stretch ! 
Horizontal half -standing, left (r.) leg backw. — lift ! " . . . 
Compare § 30. 13. 

6. Alt. A. flg". upw. and fallout d forw. (§ 42). Arm- 
flinging forw., upw. and fallout forw. (backw. heel raised ), 
left arm and right foot — one ! Change forw. — one ! Two ! " 
, , , 1 = 2 = Ihe backw. foot moves immediately forw. into 
fallout d pos. (without first assuming fund, pos.) and the 
change of arms occurs as in IV., 6 (let the downw. arm move 
freely backw). 

7. Marching. 

8. Reach fall h Kn. st. 2 A. fig. (§ 43). Compare 
XCVI., 8. 

9. Rest rev. turn fallout st. a T. sidew flex 

(§ 44). Com. pos. : see XCl., 9. Bend to the side of the 
advanced foot. 

10. 2 steps 90° jump, as in LIII., 10, but com. : " — 

start! Five!" 

Followed by Sidew. forw. jump, as in LXIV., 10, but com. : 
'* — start! " and by Jump from chairs^ as in XCVII., 10. 

11. Str. St. slow 2 Kn. flex. ** Arms upw. — stretch! 
Heel-elevation and knee-flexion slowly — start ! Continue! 
Stop! " 

12. Yd. c arch st. 2 A. circ. (§ 46). " Arms sidew. — 
lift ! Trunk backw. — bend ! Arm-circumduction, respira- 
tion — start ! Stop ! Trunk upw. — stretch ! Position ! " 

End as in LVI. 



School Gymnastics 161 



XCIX. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. Bend st. 2 A. ext. upw. and fallout c backw. 
"Feet close and arras upw. —bend! Arm-extension upw., 
left (r.) foot backw. —fall6ut! Arm-extension, change feet 

— one! Two! "... 

3. Yd. c arch turn walk a st. 2 A. flg*. and ch. P. 

(§ 39). " Left foot sidew. forw., to the left and arms sidew. 
stretch — one! Two! (See LVIII., 2.) Trunk backw. — 
bend ! Arm-flinging, change feet and sides — one ! Two ! ** 
... 1 = Yd. a arch st. 2 = Yd. c arch turn wlk. a st. to the 
opposite side. End by Sir. close st. T. forw. downw. flex. 

4. Cr. a bal. hang. 2 Kn. ext. (§ 40). See XCV., 4. 
Or substitute Bend fallout st. d slow 2 A. ext. upw. 

5. Reach cr. h courtesy sitt. ch. of P. (§ 41). " To 
sitting, knees — bend ! Arms forw. — lift ! Left (r.) leg forw. 

— stretch! Change feet — one! Two!" . . . l = Reacn cour- 
tesy sitt. 2 = Reach cr. h courtesj^ sitt. Later Change feet 

— one! Tw6!" . . . Occurs by jumping, without bringing 
the heels together. 

6. Rest turn fallout st. a T. forw. flex. (§ 42). Com- 
pare XCIIL, 6. 

7. Marching. 

8. Reach fall P. gr. \ st. 2 A. fig. (§ 43). Compare 
XCVII., 8. 

9. Str . fallout St. a rev. T. rot. (§44). Compare XCI. , 9. 

10. Jump from chair, as in XCVII., lo. 

Followed by 2 steps 90° jump, as in LIIL, 10, but com. : " — 
stdrt! Five! " and by sidew. and forw. jump, as in LXX., 10, 
but com. : " — start! " 

11. Str. Stride st. slow 2 Kn. flex. Compare 
XCVIIL, 11. 

12. Yd. c arch st. 2 A. circ (§ 46). See XCVIII., 12. 
£nd as in LYI. 



162 School Gymnastics 



C. 

1. Introd. See LI. 

2. str. wlk- d St. backw. 2 Kn. flex, in ser. See 

xcvm., 2. 

3. Str. arch turn wlk. a st. 2 A. ext. upw. and ch. 

F. (§ 39). " Left foot sidew. forw., to the left, and arms upw. 
stretch — one! Two! (feee LXlii., 2). Trunk backw.— 
bend! Arm-extension, change feet and sides — one! Two!" 
. . . Compare XCIX., 3. 

4. Cr. a bal. hang 2 Kn. ext. (§ 40). See XCV., 4. Or 

substitute Bend tarn fallout st. a slow 2 A. ext. upw, 

5. Rest toe St. alt. Kn. upw. flex. (§ 41). Compare 
XXIX., 6. 

6. Str hor. ^ st. 2 A. ext. upw. (§ 42). Com. pes. : see 
XCVIII., 5. " Arm-extension upw. — one! Two!" . . . 

7. Marching. 

8. Stoopfall alt. A. and L. elev. (§ 43). " Stoopf all- 
ing — one! Two! (Fig. 14.) Left arm and right leg — lift! 
Change — one! Two!" . . . Compare LXXIX., 8, and 
XXXVIL, 8. 

9. Str. rev. turn fallout st. a T. sidew. flex. (§ 44). 

Com. pes. : as in XCIX., 9. liotate to the side of the backw. 
foot, bend to the side of the advanced foot. 

10. 3 Steps 90° jump and face front. Com. Three 
steps from the left (r.) foot, face left (r.) and front, forw. jump 
— start!" After landing (facing to the side) the knees are 
stretched so quickly that a slight jump occurs into fund. pos. 
and facing to the front. 

Followed by vault over chairs, as in XCVI., 10, or other 
forms chosen from previous tables. 

11. Reach cr. h ^ st. Kn. flex. See LXXXL, 5. 

12. Yd. a arch st. 2 A. flg. and P. placing forw. 
(§ 46). Executed as XCVII., 3. Inhale at " onel " exhale at 
" Two! " etc. 

End as in LVI. 



CLASSIFIED LISTS 



OF 

EXERCISES 



Tor teachers in schools or gymnasia, who wish to make 
out their own tables. 

In these lists, all the laws of progression have been carried 
out as exactly as possible. 

(For full description of the movements see preceding pages 
and " The Swedish System of Educational Gymnastics " by 
the same author.) 



ARCH-FLEXIONS* 



1. Wg. St. arch flex. 

2. Wg. stride st. arch flex. 

3. 4. Wg. wlk. b (c) St. arch flex. 

5. Wg. close St. arch flex. 

6, 7. Wg. sup. St. (stride st.) (hor. bar at sacrum) 
arch flex. 

(8. Wg. turn wlk. a st. arch flex.) 
(9. Wg. turn stride st. arch flex.) 
(10, 11. Wg. turn St. (close st.) arch flex.) 
(12. Yd. turn wlk. a st. arch flex.) 
13, 14. Yd. wlk. b (c) st. arch flex. 
15, 16. Yd. sup. St. (stride st.) arch flex, over hor. 
bar. 

(17. Yd. turn stride st. arch flex.) 

18, 19. Yd. St. (close st.) arch flex. 

(20, 21. Yd. turn st. (close st.) arch flex.) 

22. Yd. Stride st. arch flex. 

(23, 24. i str. wg. turn wlk. a st. arch flex.) 

25, 26. i Str. wg. wlk. b (c) st. arch flex. 

27, 28. i Str. wg. sup. st. (stride st.) arch flex. 

(29. i Str. wg. turn stride st. arch flex.) 

30, 31. i Str. wg. st. (close st.) arch flex. 

(32, 33. i Str. wg. turn st. (close st,) arch flex.) 

34. i Str. wg. stride st. arch flex. 

35, 36. Bend arch sup. st. (stride st.) 2 A. ext. 
sidew. 

(37. Str. turn wlk. a st. arch flex.) 
38, 39. Str. wlk. b (c) st. arch flex. 
40. Str. sup. stride st. arch flex. 
(41. Str. turn stride st. arch flex.) 

* Backw. flex, from turn pos. is strictly speaking a. lat T. 
movt.; but, in absence of apparatus it may be used as an arch 
flexion; hence its appearance on this list. 

16 



166 



School Gymnastics 



42, 43. Str. st. (close st.) arch flex. 

(44, 45. Str. turn st. (close st.) arch flex. 

46. Str. sup. St. arch flex. 

47. Str. stride st. arch flex. 

48. Gr. arch st. pos. 

(49. Rest turn walk a st. arch flex.) 

50. Gr. arch stride st. pos. 

51. Rest. sup. St. arch flex. 

52. Gr. arch stride st. 2 Heel-elev. 

53. Rest sup. stride st. arch flex. 

54. Gr. arch st. 2 Heel-elev. 

55. Gr. arch st. Kn. upw. flex, a (change feet in 
two counts). 

56. 57. Rest. wlk. h (c) st. arch flex. 

58, 59. Bend arch sup. st. (stride st.) alt. A. ext. 
upw. 

60. Gr. arch st. Kn. upw. flex, h ( change feet in 
one count). 

(61. Rest turn stride st. arch flex.) 

62. Gr. arch cr. a ^ st. Kn. ext. forw. 

63, 64. Rest. st. (close st. ) arch flex. 

65. Gr. arch st. L. elev. a forw. (change in two 
counts.) 

(66, 67. Rest turn st. (close st.) arch flex.). 

68. Gr. arch st. L. elev. h forw. (change in one 
count). 

69. Rest stride st. arch flex. 

70. Gr. arch st. 2 A. flex. 

71. Fallhang. to gr. arch st. 

(72. Bend arch turn wlk. a st. 2 A. ext. sldew.) 

73. Bend arch sup. st. 2 A. ext. upw. 

74, 75. Bend arch wlk. h (c) st. 2 A. ext. sidew. 
76. Gr. arch stride st. Hand trav. a (to the same 

bar). 

(77. Bend arch turn stride st. 2 A. ext. sidew.) 

78. Gr. arch st. Hand trav. a. 

79, 80. Bend arch st. (close st.) 2 A. ext. sidew. 
(81, 82. Bend arch turn st. (close st.) 2 A. exi. 

sidew.) 

83. Beiui arch stride st. 2 A, ext. sidew. 



School Gymnastics 167 



(84. Bend arch turn wlk. a st. alt. A. ext. upw.) 
85, 86. Bend arch wlk. b (c) st. alt. A. ext. upw. 
87. Oblique gr. arch stride st. 2 Heel-elev. 
(88. Bend arch turn stride st. alt. A. ext. upw.) 

89. Oblique gr. arch st. 2 Heel-elev. 

90, 91. Bend arch st. (close st.) alt. A. ext. upw. 
92. Oblique gr. arch st. Kn. upw. flex. 

(93, 94. Bend arch turn st. (close st.) alt. A. ext, 
upw.) 

95. Bend arch stride st. alt. A. ext. upw. 

96. Oblique gr. arch cr. a \ st. Kn. ext. forw. 

97. Yd. a turn wlk. a st. 2 A. flg. 

98. Oblique gr. arch st. L. elev. forw. 

99. 100. Yd. a arch wlk. h (c) st. 2 A. flg. 

101. Yd. a arch turn stride st. 2 A. flg. 

102. Oblique gr. arch st. 2 A. flex. 

103. 104. Yd. a arch st. (close st.) 2 A. flg. 

105. Gr. arch stride st. Hand. trav. h (skip one 
bar). 

(106, 107. Yd. a arch turn st. (close st.) 2 A. flg.) 

108. Gr. arch st. Hand trav. h. 

109. Yd. a arch stride st. (close st.) 2 A. flg. 

110. Gr. arch stride st. Hand trav. c (both hands 
simultaneously) . 

111. Bend arch st. alt. A. ext. upw. & F. placing 
forw. 

112. Gr. arch st. Hand trav. c. 

113. Yd. a arch st. 2 A. flg. & F. placing forw. 

114. Bend gr. arch st. L. elev. a forw. 
(115. Bend turn wlk. a st. 2 A. ext. upw.) 

116. Gr. arch stride st. Hand. trav. d (both hands 
and skip a bar) . 

117, 118. Bend arch wlk. b (c) st. 2 A. ext. upw. 
119. Gr. arch st. Hand trav. d. 

(120. Bend arch turn stride st. 2 A. ext. upw.) 

121. Gr. arch cr. a | st. Heel-elev. 

122, 123. Bend arch st. (close st.) 2 A. ext. upw. 
124. Gr. arch cr. b J st. Heel-elev. 

(125, 126. Bend arch turn st. (close st.) 2 A. ext. 
upw.) 



168 



School Gymnastics 



127. Gr. arch cr. a J st. 2 A. flex. 

128. Bend arch stride st. 2 A. ext. upw. 

129. Gr. arch cr. 6 | st. 2 A. flex. 

(130. Str. arch turn wlk. a st. 2 A. ext. upw.) 

131. Gr. arch cr. a toe J st. Kn. ext. forw. 

132, 133. Str. arch. wlk. b (c) st. 2 A. ext. upw. 
134. Gr. arch cr. b toe J st. 2 A. flex. 

. (135. Str. arch turn stride st. 2 A. ext. upw.) 

136. Bend arch toe st. L. elev. a forw. 

137, 138. Str. arch st. (close st.) 2 A. ext. upw, 
139. Oblique gr. arch cr. a J st. Heel-elev. 

(140, 141. Str. arch turn st. (close st.) 2 A. ext. 
upw.) 

142. Oblique gr. arch cr. b J st. Heel-elev. 

143. Str. arch stride st. 2 A. ext upw. 

144. Oblique gr. arch cr. & | st. 2 A. flex. 

145. Str. arch wlk. b st. 2 A. ext. upw. & ch. F. 

146. Oblique gr. arch cr. a toe J st. Kn. ext. 

147. Oblique gr. arch cr. b toe J st. 2 A. flex. 

148. Oblique gr. arch toe st. L. elev. a forw. 

149. Yd. c arch turn wlk. a st. 2 A. flg. & ch. F. 
(see XCIX. 3). 

150. ^ str. gr. wg. arch stride st. 2 Heel-elev. 

151. Str. arch turn wlk. a st. 2 A. ext. upw. & ch. 
F. (see C. 3). * ^ 

152. J str. gr. wg. arch st. 2 Heel-elev. 

153. J str. gr. wg. arch st. kn. upw. flex. 

154. J str. gr. wg. arch cr. a \ st. Kn. ext. forw. 

155. J str. gr. wg. arch st. L. elev. a forw. 

156. \ str. gr. wg. arch st. stride st. A. flex. 

157. \ str. gr. wg. arch st. A. flex. 

158. I str. gr. wg. arch cr. a J st. Heel-elev. 

159. \ str. gr. wg. arch cr. b \ st. Heel-elev. 

160. \ str. gr. wg. arch cr. a \ st. A. flex. 

161. \ str. gr. wg. arch cr. b \ st. A. flex. 

162. J str. gr. wg. arch cr. a toe \ st. Kn. ext. 

163. J str. gr. wg. arch cr. b toe | st. A. flex. 

164. \ str. gr. wg. arch toe st. L. elev. a forw. 



School Gymnastics 169 



165. \ str. gr. wg. arch stride st. Hand trav. 
downw. 

166. \ str. gr. wg. arch st. Hand trav. downw. 
167, 168, 169. Gr. arch st. sidew. marching ; 1. Head 

leads ; a. (one hand at a time) ; h. (both hands simul- 
taneously). 2. Feet lead. 

170, 171, 172, 173. Gr. arch stride st., hands on 
the ground ; a. pos. ; 5. 2 A. flex. ; c. sidew. march- 
ing ; d, f orw. & backw. marching. 



HEAYING-MOYEMENTS.* 

St. H. flex, backw. (also forw.). 

St. H. rot. 

St. H. flex, sidew. 

St. H. rot. with forw. and backw. flex. 

* * * 
St. 2 A. ext. sidew. 
St. 2 A. ext. upw. 
St. 2 A. ext. forw. 
St. 2 A. ext. backw. 

and combinations as on page 51. 



1. Hor. walking on stall-bars ('*one! . . . Four! 
or One! Two! . . . ") 

2. Walking upw. on stall-bars, rope ladders, etc. 

3. Fallhang. pos. 
C over ) 

4. I double [ gr. hang. pos. 
( under ) 

5. Over gr. hang, oscillation (hands still). 

6. Arch hang, on upper stall-bars (legs backw. 
lift!). 

* It is to be remembered that the progression in this class 
of exercise is largely dependent upon individuality, and hence 
that this list is only approximate. 



170 



School Gymnastics 



7. Over gr. hang, oscillatory trav. 

8. Introd. to cr. hang, (hang, face out, on upper 
stall-bar). 

9. Fallhang. 2 A. flex. 

10. Hor. serpentine, head first (hor. ladder). 

11. Cr. a hang, pos., one leg (change in one or two 
counts) (stall-bars). 

12. Fallhang. sagittal hor. trav. (bar. Feet drag 
or walk on the floor). 

13. Change legs on oblique rope. 

14. Double gr. hang. osc. trav. (bar or high par- 
allels). 

15. Hor. serp., feet first (hor. ladder). 

16. Arch hang. pos. on ropes or stall-bars. 

17. 2 Cr. a hang. pos. (stall-bars). 

18. Fallhang. transv. trav. (bar). 

19. Bal. hang. pos. 

20. Diagonal serp., hor. ladder. 

21. Bend fallhang. H.rot. 

22. Oblique rope climb, head first. 

23. Spiral serp., vert, ladder (two pupils around 
each otlier). 

24. Climb on vert, ropes, horizontally from rope 
to rope. 

25. Diag. serp. on vert, ladder. 

26. Unci. gr. hang. 2 A. flex. 

27. Fallhang. vert. trav. on ropes (sit on the floor 
and climb into str. gr. st. pos.). 

28. Bal. hang, sidew. trav., one hand at a time. 

29. Stoophang. pos. on stall-bars. 

30. Bend fallhang. sidew. trav. (hor. bar). 

31. 2 Cr. a hang. alt. Kn. ext. (stall-bars). 

32. Arch hang, pos., hor. bar. 

33. Cr. hang. alt. L. elev. (stall-bars). 

34. Double gr. hang. 2 A. flex. 

35. Bal. hang, sagittal trav. (parallel bars), one 
hand at a time. 

36. Zigzag vert. serp. (straight up in vert, ladder). 

37. Over gr. hang. 2 A. flex. 

38. Climb, on pole or rope. 

39. Und. gr. hang. osc. trav. 



School Gymnastics 171 



40. Oblique rope climb, feet first. 

41. Diag. serp., down head first; hor. ladder. 

42. 2 Cr. a hang. 2 kn. ext. (stall-bars). 

43. Arch hang. 2 A. flex. 

44. Bend und. gr. hang. H. rot. 

45. Climb, vert, ropes, diagonally from rope to rope. 

46. Bend arch hang. H. rot. 

47. Und. gr. Cr. hang, somersault. 

48. Bal. hang. 2 A. flex, (parallel bars). 

49. Diagonal serp., down head first; vert, ladder. 

50. Arch hang. vert. trav. on ropes (compare 27). 

51. Bend. und. gr. hang. hor. trav. 

52. 2 Cr. a hang. alt. Kn. ext. on hor. bar. 

53. Arch hang, transv. trav. 

54. Bend double gr. hang. hor. trav. (^'nose in 
the groove " ). 

55. 2 Cr. a hang. 2 Kn. ext. on hor. bar (or ropes). 

56. Arch hang, sagittal trav. (hor. bar). 

57. Bal. hang. 2 hand trav. sidew. 

58. Bend double gr. hang. vert. trav. (ropes or 
ladder). 

59. Bend double gr. hang. hor. trav. w. alt. elev. 

60. Arch hang. alt. L. elev. backw. 

61. Bal. hang, sagittal 2 hand trav. (parallel bars). 

62. 2 Cr. a liang. 2 Kn. abd. (stall-bars). 

63. Bend overgr. hang. hor. trav. (hor. bar). 

64. Bend arch. hang, transv. trav. (hor. bar or 
stall-bars). 

65. 2 Cr. hang. 2 L. elev. (stall-bars). 

66. Single rotary climb, on oblique rope (one leg 
over). 

67. Bend und. gr. hang. diag. trav. (hor. bar in- 
clined). 

68. 2 Cr. hang. 2 L. swing, over bar (double bars). 

69. Spiral serp. down head first (vert, ladder). 

70. 2 Cr. a hang. 2 Kn. abd., hor. bar. (or ropes). 

71. Over gr. | Kn. hang, swing up to bal. i sitt. 
(also trav. sidew. ). 

72. Bend double gr. hang. diag. trav. oblique rope. 

73. Bend arch. hang, saggital trav. 

74. Bal. hang, to high sitt. (also trav. sidew.). 



172 



School Gymnastics 



75. 2 Cr. hang. 2 L. elev., on hor. bar. 

76. Climb rope and make fast" (arms in yd. c 
pos.). 

77. Bend over gr. hang. diag. trav. (inclined bar, 
oblique rope, etc.). 

78. 2 Cr. h hang 2 L. abd. on stall-bars. 

79. Bend arch hang. alt. L. elev. backw. 

80. High sitt. somersault, backw. (hor. bar). 

81. Over gr. hang. 2 A. flex, to i rev. bend bal. 
hang pos. 

82. Bend double gr. hang. 2 hand trav. (hor. bar). 

83. Climb rope and slide down head first. 

84. 2 Cr. h hang. 2 L. abd. on hor. bar (or ropes). 

85. Stoophang. 2 A. flex, (ropes or parallel bars). 

86. Bend Cr. hang. trav. forw. w. 2 L. swing over 
bar (double bars). 

87. Bend over gr. hang. 2 hand trav. 

88. 2 Cr. a hang. 2 A. flex. 

89. Stoophang. vert. trav. on ropes. 

90. Bend und. gr. hang. 2 hand trav. 

91. Stoophang. somersault to high sitt. (**skina 
cat" on bar). 

92. Bend over gr. hang. 2 hand trav. on hor. lad- 
der (laid on hooks). 

93. 2 Cr. h hang. 2 A. flex. 

94. Double rotary climb on oblique rope (both legs 
over). 

95. Bend double gr. 2 Cr. 6 hang. hor. trav. (hor. 
bar). 

96. Stoophang. vert. 2 Hand trav. on ropes. 

97. Bend over gr. hang, rotary trav. on hor. bar. 

98. Over gr. hang. 2 A. flex, to bal. hang pos. 

99. Bend 2 Cr. h hang. vert. trav. (ropes). 

100. Bend over gr. 2 Cr. h hang, sidew. trav. on 
hor. bar, etc. 



School Gymnastics 173 



BALANCE MOVEMENTS. 

1. Wg. St. 2 Heel-elev * 

2. Wg. stride st. 2 Heel-elev. 

3. Wg. close St. 2 Heel-elev. 

4. Wg. wlk. a St. 2 Heel-elev. 

5. Wg. wlk. b St. 2 Heel-elev. 

6. Wg. St. alt. toe-elev. 

7. Wg. wlk. c St. 2 Heel-elev. 

8. Wg. St. alt. 2 Heel and toe elev. 

9. Wg. wlk. d St. 2 Heel-elev. 

10. Wg. toe St. H. rot. 

11. Yd. c St. 2 Heel-elev. 

12. Yd. c stride st. 2 Heel-elev. 

13. Yd. c close st. 2 Heel-elev. 

14. Yd. c wlk. a st. 2 Heel-elev. 

15. Yd. c wlk. 6 St. 2 Heel-elev. 

16. Yd. c St. alt. toe elev. 

17. Yd. c wlk. c St. 2 Heel-elev. 

18. Yd. c alt. 2 toe and heel elev. 

19. Yd. c wlk. d St. 2 Heel-elev. 

20. Yd. c toe st. H. rot. 

21. Rest St. 2 Heel-elev. 

22. Rest stride st. 2 Heel-elev. 

23. Rest close st. 2 Heel-elev. 

24. Rest wlk. a st. 2 Heel-elev. 

25. Rest wlk. h st. 2 Heel-elev. 

26. Rest. St. alt toe-elev. 

27. Rest wlk. c st. 2 Heel-elev. 

28. Rest St. alt. 2 Heel and toe eley. 

29. Str. St. 2 Heel-elev. 

30. Str. Stride st. 2 Heel-elev. 

31. Str. close st. 2 Heel-elev. 

32. Str. wlk. a st. 2 Heel-elev. 

33. Str. wlk. h st. 2 Heel-elev. 

34. Str. St. alt. toe and Heel-elev. 

35. Str. wlk. c st. 2 Heel-elev. 

* Movts. 3 to 37 inclusive are usually put in as introd. or 
■low leg movts, and progression goes from 2 to 38. 



174 



School Gymnastics 



36. Str. St. alt. 2 Heel and toe-elev. 

37. Str. wlk. d st. 2 Heel-elev. 

38. Wg. St. 2 Kn. flex. 

39. Wg. wlk. h St. 2 Kn. flex. 

40. Wg. St. L. elev. backw. 

41. Wg. close St. slow march on tip-toe, 

42. Wg. courtesy st. H. rot. 

43. Wg. stride st. 2 Kn. flex. 

44. Wg. Cr. a | st. pos. 

45. Wg. stride courtesy st. H. rot. 

46. Wg. fallout St. a pos. forw. 

47. Wg. St. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. 

48. Wg. Cr. a i st. F. flex, and ext. 

49. Wg. courtesy sitt. H. rot. 

50. Wg. fallout St. h pos. backw. 

51. Wg. stride st. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. 

52. Wg. Cr. a ^ st. Kn. ext. backw. 

53. Wg. stride courtesy sitt. H. rot. 

54. Wg. fallout St. c pos. forw. 

55. Wg. St. L. elev. sidew. 

56. Wg. fallout St. a pos. backw. 

57. Wg. toe St. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. 

58. Wg. fallout St. h pos. forw. 

59. Wg. Cr. a i st. Kn. ext. forw. 

60. Wg. fallout St. c pos. backw. 

61. Wg. toe stride st. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. 

62. Wg. fallout St. d pos. 

63. Wg. wlk. a St. 2 Kn. flex. 

64. Wg. wlk. d St. 2 Kn. flex. 

65. Wg. Cr. a i st. Kn. abd. 

66. Wg. toe st. alt. Kn. flex. upw. 

67. Yd. c St. 2 Kn. flex. 

68. Yd. c courtesy st. 2 A. ext. sidew. 

69. Yd. c wlk. b st. 2 Kn. flex. 

70. Yd. a courtesy st. 2 A. fling. 

71. Yd. c St. L. elev. backw. 

711. Bend st. 2 A. ext. sidew. wth. 2 Heel-elev. 

72. Yd. c close toe st. slow march. 

73. Yd. c courtesy st. H. rot. 

74. Yd. c stride st. 2 Kn. flex. 

75. Yd. c Cr. a I st. pos. 



School Gymnastics 175 



76. Yd. c stride courtesy st. H. rot. 

77. Yd. c St. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. 

78. Yd. c courtesy sitt. 2 A. ext. sidew. 

79. Yd. c cr. a J st. F. flex, and ext. 

80. Yd. c courtesy sitt. 2 A. flg. 

80J. Bend st. 2 A. ext. upw. wth. 2 Heel-elev. 

81. Yd. c courtesy sitt. H. rot. 

82. Yd. c stride st. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. 

83. Yd. c cr. a J st. Kn. ext. backw. 

84. Yd. c stride courtesy sitt. H. rot. 

85. Rest. St. L. elev. sidew. 

86. Yd. c toe st. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. 

87. Yd. c Cr. a J st. Kn. ext. forw. 

88. Yd. c toe stride st. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. 
88J. Wg. fallout h L. elev. backw. 

89. Yd. c wlk. a st. 2 Kn. flex. 

90. Bend toe st. 2 A. ext. sidew. and 2 Kn. flex. 

91. Yd. c wlk. d St. 2 Kn. flex. 

92. Yd. c Cr. a 1 st. Kn. abd. 

93. Wg. hor. i St. pos. 

94. Reach courtesy sitt. L. ext. forw. 

95. Yd. c toe st. alt. Kn. flex. upw. 

96. Str. St. 2 Kn. flex. 

97. Str. wlk. h st. 2 Kn. flex. 

98. Str. courtesy st. 2 A. ext. upw. 

99. Rest. St. L. elev. backw. 

100. Rest, close toe st. slow march. 

101. Str. stride st. 2 Kn. flex. 

102. Rest cr. a i st. pos. 

103. Str. St. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. 

104. Wg. courtesy sitt. 2 A. ext. to i str. yd. 

105. Rest cr. a i st. F. flex, and ext. 

106. Yd. d courtesy sitt. 2 A. elev. 

107. Str. courtesy sitt. 2 A. ext. upw. (or sidew 
and upw.). 

108. Str. stride st. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. 

109. Rest cr. a i st. Kn. ext. backw. 

110. Str. St. L. elev. sidew. 

111. Str. toe St. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. pos. 

112. Str. cr. a J st. Kn. ext. forw. 

113. Str. toe stride st. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. 

114. Str. wlk. a st. 2 Kn. flex. 



176 



School Gymnastics 



114 J. Yd. St. 2 A. elev. w. L. elev. sidew. 

115. Eest wlk. d st. 2 Kn. flex. 

116. Bend toe st. 2 A. ext. upw. and 2 Kn. flex. 

117. Rest cr. a \ st. Kn. abd. 

117 J. Bend st. 2 A. ext. upw. w. L. elev. sidew. 

118. J str. hor. \ st. pos. 

119. Bend toe stride st. 2 A. ext. upw. and 2 Kn^ flex, 
119|. Wg. St. L. elev. sidew. w. Heel-elev. 

120. Reach cr. h \ st. Kn. flex, to sitt. 

121. Str. toe st. alt. Kn. upw. flex. 

122. Rest St. 2 Kn. flex. 

1221. Reach st. 2 A. flg. upw. L. elev. backw. 

123. Rest wlk. h st. 2 Kn. flex. 

124. Str. St. L. elev. backw. 

125. Str. close toe st. slow march. 

126. Rest stride st. 2 Kn. flex. 

127. Str. cr. a J st. pos. 

128. Rest. St. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. 

129. Str. cr. a \ st. F. flex, and ext. 
180. Rest stride st. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. 

131. Str. cr. a \ st. Kn. ext. backw. 

132. Yd. c St. L. elev. sidew. 

133. Rest toe st. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. pos. 
133J. St. 2 A. elev. sidew. w. L. elev. sidew. 

134. Rest cr. a \ st. Kn. ext. forw. 

13 1|. Yd. c St. L. elev. sidew. with Heel-elev. 

135. Rest toe stride st. 2 Kn. flex, to sitt. 
135J. Str. St. L. elev. sidew. w. Heel-elev. 

136. Rest wlk. a st. 2 Kn. flex. 

136J. St. 2 A. elev. sidew. L. elev. sidew. & Heel-elev. 

137. Str. wlk. d st. 2 Kn. flex. 

137^. Rest St. L. elev. sidew. w. Heel-elev. 

138. Str. cr. a \ st. Kn. abd. 

138^. Str. cr. a J st. Kn. ext. w. L. circ. 

139. Str. hor. \ st. pos. 

139i. Yd. d St. 2 A. elev. L. elev. sidew. & Heel-elev. 

140. Reach cr. h \ courtesy sitt. change of F. (by- 
jumping). 

1401. Bend st. 2 A. ext. upw. L. elev. sidew. & Heel- 
elev. 

141. Rest, toe st. alt. Kn. flex. upw. 



School Gymnastics 111 



142. Str. hor. \ st. Kn. flex, to reach cr. h \ cour- 
tesy sitt. pos. 

142^. Rch. St. 2 A. flg. upw. L. elev. backw. Heel- 
elev. 

143. Bal. wlk. on hor. bar, etc., etc. 



SHOULDER-BLADE MOVEMENTS. 

1. Yd. a St. 2 A. flg. 

2. \ str. St. pos. 

3. Wg. Stoop. St. (stride st.) H. rot. 

4. A. flg. to \ str. pos. 

5. Bend st. alt. A. ext. upw., or sidew., or forw. 

6. Yd. c St. 2 A. rot. 

7. St. 2 A. ext. to Yd. d. 

8. Bend st. alt. A. ext. to Yd. d, 

9. Wg. forw. ly. pos. 

10. St. 2 A. swim. 

11. St. 2 A. ext. sidew. and backw. 
Reach st. 2 A. flg. sidew. 

12. Yd. c stoop (stride) st. H. rot. 

13. St. 2 A. flg. upw. 

14. \ str. yd. c st. pos. 

15. Yd. c stoop (stride) st. 2 A. rot. 

16. \ str. reach st. pos. 

17. Wg. forw. ly. H. rot. 

18. Yd. c stoop (stride) st. 2 A. circ. 

19. \ yd. c reach st. pos. 

20. Yd. a stoop (stride) st. 2 A. flg. 

21. Reach st. 2 A. flg. 

22. Yd. c St. 2 A. flg. forw. 

23. Stoop (stride) st. 2 A. ext. sidew. and backw. 

24. Wg. stoop (stride) st. 2 A. swim. 

26. Bend stoop (stride) st. alt. A. ext. upw. 

25J. Reach stoop st. 2 A. flg. sidew. 

26. Wg. stoop (stride) st. 2 A. ext. to | str. yd. c. 

27. Bend stoop (stride) st. alt. A. ext. to yd. d. 

28. Str. stoop (stride) st. 2 A. ext. upw. 

29. Yd. 6 St. 2 A. flg. 

80. Bend stoop (stride) st. 2 A. ext. upw. 



178 School Gymnastics 



31. Str. stoop (stride) st. 2 A. fig. upw. (Forw. — 
sink ! Upw. — fling !) 

32. Str. stoop (stride) st. 2 A. elev. (Sidew. — 
sink ! Lift !) 

33. Keach stoop (stride) st. 2 A. flg. 

34. Yd. d stoop (stride) st. 2 A. elev. 

35. Bend stoop (stride) st. slow 2 A. ext. to Yd. d. 

36. J str. yd. d stoop (stride) st. 2 A. elev. 

37. Yd. b stoop (stride) st. 2 A. flg. 

38. Yd. e stoop (stride) st. slow 2 A. ext. upw. 

39. Yd. c fallout st. (a) b H. rot. 

40. Yd. c fallout st. (a) b 2 A. circ. 

41. Yd. c forw. ly. pos. 

42. Yd. a fallout st. (a) b 2 A, flg. 

43. Wg. fallout St. (a) & 2 A. ext. sidew. and backw. 

44. Yd. c fallout st. b 2 A. rot. 

45. Wg. fallout St. (a) b 2 A. swim. 

46. Yd. c forw. ly. 2 A. ext. sidew. 

47. Bend forw. ly. alt. A. ext. to Yd. d. 

48. Bend fallout st. (a) b alt. A. ext. upw. 
48 1. Reach fallout a (b) 2 A. flg. sidew. 

49. Wg. fallout St. (a) b 2 A. ext. to i str. Yd. c. 

50. Str. fallout st. (a) b 2 A. ext. upw. 

51. Bend fallout st. (a) b 2 A. ext. upw. 

52. Str. fallout st. (a) b 2 A. flg. (comp. 31). 

53. Str. fallout st. (a) b 2 A. elev. (comp. 32). 
64. Reach fallout st. {a) b 2 A. flg. 

55. Yd. d fallout st. (a) b 2 A. elev. 

56. Wg. fallout St. (a) b slow 2 A. ext. to Yd. d. 

57. Yd. a forw. ly. 2 A. flg. 

58. 1 str. yd. d fallout st. (a) & 2 A. elev. 

59. Yd. b fallout st. (a) & 2 A. flg. 

60. Yd. e fallout st. {a) b slow 2 A. ext. upw. 

61. Yd. c fallout st. (c) H. rot. 

62. Yd. c fallout st. (c) 2 A. circ. 

63. Yd. c forw. ly. 2 A. rot. 

64. Yd. a fallout st. (c) d 2 A. flg. 

65. Wg. fallout St. (c) d2 A. ext. sidew. and backw. 

66. Yd. c fallout st. (c) 2 A. rot. 

67. Bend forw. ly. slow 2 A. ext. to Yd. d, 

68. Wg. fallout St. (c) 2 A. swim. 



School Gymnastics 



179 



69. Bend fallout st. (c) d alt. A. ext. to Yd. d. 

70. Bend fallout st. (c) d alt. A. ext. upw. 
70J. Reach fallout (c) d 2 A. flg. sidew. 

71. Wg. fallout St. (c) 2 A. ext. to i str. Yd. c. 

72. Str. fallout st. (c) d 2 A. ext. upw. 

73. Bend fallout st. (c) d 2 A. ext. upw. 

74. Str. fallout st. (c) d 2 A. flg. (comp. 31). 

75. Wg. forw. ly. 2 A. swim. 

76. Str. fallout st. (c) d 2 A. elev. (comp. 32). 

77. Reach fallout st. (c) d 2 A. flg. 

78. Yd. d fallout st. (c) 2 A. elev. 

79. Wg. fallout St. (c) 2 A. ext. to Yd. d. 

80. J str. yd. d fallout st. (c) d 2 A. elev. 

81. Yd. h fallout st. (c) d 2 A. flg. 

82. Yd. e fallout st. (c) slow 2 A. ext. upw. 

83. Yd. c F. gr. fallout st. H. rot. 

84. Yd. c F. gr. fallout st. 2 A. circ. 
86. Yd. a F. gr. fallout st. 2 A. flg. 
85J. Reach forw. ly. 2 A. flg. sidew. 

86. Wg. F. gr. fallout st. 2 A . ext. sidew. and backw. 

87. Bend forw. ly. alt. A. ext. upw. 

88. Yd. c F. gr. fallout st. 2 A. rot. 

89. Bend F. gr. fallout st. alt. A. ext. to Yd. d, 

90. Wg. F. gr. fallout st. 2 A. swim. 

91. Bend F. gr. fallout st. alt. A. ext. upw. 
91J. Rch. F. gr. fallout 2 A. flg. sidew. 

92. Wg. F. gr. fallout st. 2 A. ext. to J str. Yd. 

93. Str. F. gr. fallout st. 2 A. ext. upw. 

94. Bend F. gr. fallout st. 2 A. ext. upw. 

95. Str. F. gr. fallout st. 2 A. flg. (comp. 31). 

96. Wg. forw. ly. 2 A. ext. to J str. Yd. 

97. Str. F. gr. fallout st. 2 A. elev. 

98. Reach F. gr. fallout st. 2 A. flg. 

99. Yd. d F. gr. fallout st. 2 A. elev. 

100. Wg. F. gr. fallout st. 2 A. ext. to Yd. d, 

101. \ str. yd. d F. gr. fallout st. 2 A. elev. 

102. Yd. h F. gr. fallout st. 2 A. flg. 

103. Yd. e F. gr. fallout st. slow 2 A. ext. upw. 

104. Yd. c turn fallout st. a H. rot. 

105. Yd. c turn fallout st. a 2 A. circ. 

106. Yd. a turn fallout st. a 2 A. flg. 



180 School Gymnastics 



107. Wg. turn fallout st. a 2 A. ext. sidew. and 
backw. 

108. Rest. forw. ly. pos. 

109. Yd. c turn fallout st. a 2 A, rot. 

110. Wg. c turn fallout st. a 2 A. swim. 

111. Bend turn fallout st. a alt. A. ext. upw. 
111^. Rch. turn fallout a 2 A. flg. sidew. 

112. Wg. turn fallout st. a 2 A. ext. to J str. Yd. c. 

113. Str. turn fallout st. a 2 A. ext. upw. 

114. J str. rev. turn fallout st. a change of A. 

115. Bend turn fallout st. a 2 A. ext. upw. 

116. Str. forw. ly. pos. 

117. Str. turn fallout st. a 2 A. flg. (comp. 31). 

118. Str. turn fallout st. a 2 A. elev. (comp. 32). 

119. Reach turn fallout st. a 2 A. flg. 

120. Yd. d turn fallout st. a 2 A. elev. 

121. Wg. turn fallout st. a slow 2 A. ext. to Yd. d. 

122. J str. yd. d turn fallout st. a 2 A. elev. 

123. Yd. b turn fallout st. a 2 A. flg. 

124. Str. forw. ly. 2 A. ext. upw. 

125. Yd. e turn fallout st. a slow 2 A. ext. upw. 

126. Str. hor. ^ st. 2 A. ext. upw. 



ABDOMINAL EXERCISES 

1. Str. gr. ly. alt. L. elev. (benches). 

2. Stoopfall pos. ; later F. pi. forw. and backw. 

3. Wg. Kn. St. T. backw. flex. 

4. Rest. ly. alt. L. elev. (floor). 

5. Wg. i Kn. St. T. backw. flex. 

6. Stoopfall H. rot. 

7. Wg. F. gr. sitt. T. backw. flex. 

8. Str. gr. ly. exc. 2 L. elev. (Knees upw. bend I 
Stretch ! Legs sink !) 

9. Wg. F. gr. i St. T. backw. flex. 

10. Yd. c Kn. St. T. backw. flex. 

11. Hor. stoopfall pos. 

12. Yd. c i Kn. st. T. backw. flex. 

13. Rest ly. exc. 2 L. elev. 

14. Yd, c F. gr. sitt. T. backw. flex. 



School Gymnastics 



15. Stoopfall. alt. L. elev. 

16. Yd. c F. gr. i st. T. backw. flex. 

17. Str. gr. ly. slight 2 L. elev. 

18. i str. wg. Kn. st. T. backw. flex. 

19. Hor. stoopfall. alt. L. elev. 

20. i str. wg. i Kn. st. T. backw. flex. 

21. I str. wg. F. gr. sitt. T. backw. flex. 

22. Kest ly. slight 2 elev. 

23. i str. wg. F. gr. i st. T. backw. flex. 

24. Wg. fall Kn. st. T. rot. 

25. Inclined stoopfall. pos. 

26. Wg. fall i Kn. st. T. rot. 

27. Wg. fall F. gr. sitt. T. rot. 

28. Stoopfall. sidew. trav. 

29. Wg. fall F. gr. i st. T. rot. 
80. Rest Kn. st. T. backw. flex. 

31. Str. gr. ly. 2 L. elev. to 90°. 

32. Rest i Kn. st. T. backw. flex. 

33. Rest F. gr. sitt. T. backw. flex. 

34. Stoopfall. 2 A. flex. 

35. Rest F. gr. i st. T. backw. flex. 

36. Rest. ly. 2 L. elev. to 90°. 

37. Str. Kn. st. T. backw. flex. 

38. Stoopfall. alt. A. elev. 

39. Str. i Kn. st. T. backw. flex. 

40. Str. F. gr. sitt. T. backw. flex. 

41. Str. gr. ly. 2 L. elev. to 45°. 

42. Str. F. gr. i st. T. backw. flex. 

43. Bend fall Kn. st. 2 A. ext. sidew. 

44. Hor. stoopfall. alt. A. elev. 

45. Bend fall i Kn. st. 2 A. ext. sidew. 

46. Bend fall F. gr. sitt. 2 A. ext. sidew. 

47. Rest ly. 2 L. elev. to 45°. 

48. Bend fall F. gr. i st. 2 A. ext. sidew. 

49. Yd. c fall Kn. st. T. rot. 

50. Hor. stoopfall. 2 A. flex. 

51. Yd. c fall i Kn. st. T. rot. 

52. Yd. c fall F. gr. sitt. T. rot. 

53. Str. gr. ly. 2 L. swim. 

54. Yd. c fall F. gr. i st. T. rot. 

55. Yd. a fall Kn. st. 2 A. flg. 



School Gymnastics 



56. Hor. stoopfall. sidew. trav. 

57. Yd. a fall i Kn. st. 2 A. fig. 

58. Bend stoopfall. alt. L. elev. 

59. Yd. a fall F. gr. sitt. 2 A. fig. 

60. Rest ly. 2 L. swim. 

61. Yd. a fall F. gr. i st. 2 A. flg. 

62. Bend fall Kn. st. alt. A. ext. upw. 

63. Stoopfall. alt. A. and L. elev. 

64. Bend fall | Kn. st. alt. A. ext. upw. 

65. Bend fall F. gr. sitt. alt. A. ext. upw. 

66. Str. gr. ly. 2 L. abd. (legs elevated to 45°). 

67. Bend fall. F. gr. i st. alt. A. ext. upw. 

68. Rest fall Kn. st. T. rot. 

69. Inclin. stoopfall. 2 A. flex. 

70. Rest fall i Kn. st. T. rot. 

71. Rest fall F. gr. sitt. T. rot. 

72. Rest ly. 2 L. abd. (compare 66). 

73. Rest fall F. gr. i st. T. rot. 

74. Bend fall Kn. st. 2 A. ext. upw. 

75. Wg. F. high gr. ^ st. deep T. backw. flex. 

76. Bend fall i Kn. st. 2 A ext. upw. 

77. Bend fall F. gr. sitt. 2 A. ext. upw. 

78. Yd. c F. high gr. ^ st. deep T. backw. flex. 

79. Bend fall F. gr. | st. 2 A. ext. upw. 

80. Str. fall Kn. st. T. rot. 

81. Rev. stoopfall. pos. (feet against wall). 

82. Str. fall, i Kn. st. ^r. rot. 

83. Str. fall F. gr. sitt. T. rot. 

84. Rest F. high gr. i st. deep T. backw. flex. 

85. Str. fall F. gr. i st. T. rot. 

86. Reach fall Kn. st. 2 A. flg. 

87. Rev. stoopfall. 2 A. flex. 

88. Reach fall ^ Kn. st. 2 A. flg. 

89. Reach fall F. gr. sitt. 2 A. flg. 

90. Reach fall F. gr. i st. 2 A. flg. 

91. Str. F. high gr. -J st. T. backw. flex. 

92. Rev. stoopfall. pos. F. free (walk or stand on 
the hands). 

93. Rev. stoopfall. pos. F. on the floor, etc. 



School Gymnastics 183 



LATERAL TRUNK MOVEMENTS. 

A. K0TATI0N8.* 

1. Wg. close St. T. rot. 

2. Wg. St. T. rot. 

3. Wg. stride st. T. rot. 

4. Wg. wlk. a St. T. rot. 

5. AVg. turn wlk. a st. T. backw. flex. 

6. Wg. wlk. a St. rev. T. rot. 

7. Wg. wlk. h St. T. rot. 

8. Wg. turn stride st. T. backw. flex. 

9. Wg. wlk. c St. T. rot. 

10. Wg. turn St. T. backw. flex. 

11. Wg. wlk. c St. rev. T. rot. 

12. Wg. Kn. St. T. rot. 

13. Wg. turn close st. T. backw. flex. 

14. Wg. ride sitt. T. rot. 

15. Yd. c close st. T. rot., later 2 A ext. sidew., 
from turn pos. 

16. Yd. c St. T. rot., later 2 A. ext. sidew. from 
turn pos. 

17. Yd. c stride st. T. rot., later 2 A. ext. sidew. 
from turn pos. 

18. Yd. c wlk. a st. T. rot., later 2 A. ext. sidew. 
from turn pos. 

19. Yd. c turn wlk. a st. T. backw. flex. 

20. Yd. c wlk. a st. rev. T. rot. (2 A. ext. sidew.). 

21. Yd. c wlk. h St. T. rot. (2 A. ext. sidew.). 

22. Yd. c turn stride st. T. backw. flex. 

23. Yd. c wlk. c st. T. rot. (2 A. ext. sidew.). 

24. Yd. c turn st. T. backw. flex. 

25. Yd. c wlk. c st. rev. T. rot. (2 A. ext. sidew.). 

26. Yd. c Kn. st. T. rot. 

27. Yd. c turn close st. T. backw. flex. 

* The infinite variety of combinations that can be made 
with arm movements in turn pos- and arch turn pos. makes it 
a hopeless task to enumerate all the exercises that might be 
included in this group. (Compare pa^^es 49 and 51.) 



184 



School Gymnastics 



28. Yd. c ride sitt. T. rot. (2 A. ext. sidew.). 

29. Rest close st. T. rot. 

30. Rest St. T. rot. 

31. Rest stride st. T. rot. 

32. Rest wlk. a st. T. rot. 

33. i str. wg. turn wlk. a st. T. backw. flex. 

34. Rest wlk. a st. rev. T. rot. 

35. Rest wlk. h st. T. rot. 

36. i str. wg. turn stride st. T. backw. flex. 

37. Rest wlk. c st. T. rot. 

38. J str. wg. turn st. T. backw. flex. 

39. Rest. wlk. c st. rev. T. rot. 

40. Rest. Kn. st. T. rot. 

41. i str. wg. turn close st. T. backw. flex. 

42. Rest ride sitt. T. rot. 

43. Str. close st. T. rot., later 2 A. ext. upw. from 
turn. pos. 

44. Str. St. T. rot., later 2 A. ext. upw. from 
turn pos. 

45. Str. stride st. T. rot., later 2 A. ext. upw. 
from turn pos. 

46. Str. wlk. a st. T. rot., later 2 A. ext. upw., 
from turn pos. 

47. Rest turn wlk. a st. T. backw. flex. 

48. Str. wlk. a st. rev. T. rot. 

49. Str. wlk. h st. T. rot. (2 A. ext. upw.). 

50. Rest turn stride st. T. backw. flex. 
61. Str. wlk. c St. T. rot. (2 A. ext.). 

52. Rest turn st. T. backw. flex. 

53. Str. wlk. c st. rev. T. rot. 

54. Rest turn close st. T. backw. flex. 

55. Str. Kn. st. T. rot. 

56. Str. ride sitt. T. rot. (2 A. ext.). 

57. Yd. c stride st. quick T. rot. 

58. Wg. fallout St. a T. rot. 

59. Wg. fallout St. a rev. T. rot. 

60. i str. rev. turn fallout st. a pos. 

61. Yd. c fallout st. a T. rot. 

62. i str. rev. turn fallout st. a zigzag forw. 

63. Str. turn wlk. a st. T. backw. flex. 

64. Yd. c fallout st. a rev. T. rot. 



School Gymnastics 



65. Rest fallout st. a T. rot. 

66. Str. turn stride st. T. backw. flex. 

67. -J str. rev. turn fallout st. a z\gz2ig backw. 

68. Rest fallout st. a rev. T. rot. 

69. ^ str. rev. turn fallout st. a ch. of A. 

70. Str. turn st. T. backw. flex. 

71. Str, stride st. quick T. rot. 

72. Str. fallout st. a T. rot. 

73. Str. turn close st. T. backw. flex. 

74. Str. fallout st. a rev. T. rot. 



B. SIDEW AYS-FLEXIONS. 

1. Wg. stride st. T. sidew. flex. 

2. Wg. St. T. sidew. flex. 

3. Wg. close St. T. sidew. flex. 

4. Close St. (hanging arms) T. sidew. flex. 

5. Wg. wlk. b St. T. sidew. flex. 

6. Wg. wlk. c St. T. sidew. flex. 

7. Wg. turn stride st. T. sidew. flex. 

8. Wg. turn wlk. b st. T. sidew. flex. 

9. Wg. turn wlk. a st. T. sidew. flex. 

10. Wg. turn St. T. sidew. flex. 

11. Wg. turn close st. T. sidew. flex. 

12. Wg. F. side gr. ■} st. T. sidew. flex. 

13. i str. wg. stride st. T. sidew. flex. 

14. i str. wg. St. T. sidew. flex. 

15. i str. wg. close st. T. sidew. flex. 

16. i str. wg. wlk. b st. T. sidew. flex. 

17. i str. wg. wlk. c St. T. sidew. flex. 

18. Wg. side fall. pos. 

19. i str. wg. turn stride st. T. sidew. flex. 

20. i str. wg. turn wlk. b st. T. sidew. flex. 

21. i str. wg. turn wlk. a st. T. sidew. flex. 

22. Wg. side fall. L. elev. 

23. i str. wg. turn st. T. sidew. flex. 

24. -J str. wg. turn close st. T. sidew. flex. 

25. i str. wg. F. side gr. -} st. T. sidew. flex. 

26. Rest stride st. T. sidew. flex. 

27. Rest St. T. sidew. flex. 



186 



School Gymnastics 



28. Kest close st. T. sidew. flex. 

29. Rest wlk. h st. T. sidew. flex. 

30. Rest wlk. c st. T. sidew. flex. 

31. ^ str. gr. side fall. L. elev. 

32. Rest turn stride st. T. sidew. flex. 

33. Rest turn wlk. h st. T. sidew. flex. 

34. Rest turn wlk. a st. T. sidew. flex. 

35. Rest turn st. T. sidew. flex. 

36. Rest turn close st. T. sidew. flex. 

37. Rest F. side gr. ^ st. T. sidew. flex. 

38. Str. stride st. T. sidew. flex. 

39. Str. St. T. sidew. flex. 

40. Rest St. T. sidew. flex, over bar. 

41. Str. close st. T. sidew. flex. 

42. Str. wlk. h st. T. sidew. flex. 

43. Rest wlk. h st. T. sidew. flex, over bar. 

44. Str. wlk. c st. T. sidew. flex. 

45. -J str. side fall. pos. 

46. Str. turn stride st. T. sidew. flex. 

47. Str. turn wlk h st. T. sidew flex. 

48. Rest. St. T. flex. ov. bar w. L. elev. 

49. Str. turn wlk. a st. T. sidew. flex. 

50. Str. turn st. T. sidew. flex. 

51. Str. turn close st. T. sidew. flex. 

52. i str. sidefall. L. elev. 

53. Yd. c stride st. T. sidew. flex. 

54. Rest. St. T. sidew. flex. w. L. elev. 

55. Yd. c St. T. sidew. flex. 

56. Yd. c close st. T. sidew. flex. 

57. Wg. F. gr. side fall. L. elev. (upper foot on 
bar). 

58. Yd. c wlk. h st. T. sidew flex. 

59. Yd. c wlk. c st. T. sidew. flex. 

60. Rest, stride st. quick T. sidew. flex. 

61. Yd. c turn stride st. T. sidew. flex. 

62. Str. St. T. sidew. flex, over bar. 

63. Yd. c turn wlk. h st. T. sidew. flex. 

64. Yd. c turn wlk. a st T. sidew. flex. 

65. Str. wlk. h st. T. sidew. flex, over bar. 

66. Yd. c turn st. T. sidew. flex. 



School Gymnastics 



18 



67. Yd. c turn close st. T, sidew. flex. 

68. Wg. fallout St. 6 T. sidew. flex. 

69. Str. side gr. -J st. L. elev. 

70. Yd. c fallout St. h T. sidew. flex. 

71. Kest. fallout st. h T. sidew. flex. 

72. Str. St. T. flex. ov. bar w. L. elev. 

73. Str. fallout st. h T. sidew. flex. 

74. Str. stride st. quick T. sidew. flex. 

75. Kest. rev. turn fallout st. a T. sidew. flex. 

76. Introd. to wheeling. 

77. Str. rev. turn fallout st. a T. sidew. flex. 

78. Str. St. T. sidew. flex. w. L. elev. 

79. Wheeling ( ' ' cart-wheel " ). 

80. i str. F. gr. side fall. L. elev. (compare 52). 

81. Sidew. hang. pos. 



JUMPING AND VAULTING. 

A. JUMPING. 
(The figures after the name indicate the command.) 

1. Prep, to jump. 1 — 4." 

2. Upw. jump. 1 — 5. 

3. Wg. toe St. stride jump. 

4. Forw. jump. 1 — 5. 

5. Wg. courtesy sitt. jump (hopping). 

6. 90° upw. jump. 1 — 5. 

7. Wg. toe St. j. forw. (hopping). 

8. Sidew. j. 1 — 5. 

9. Wg. wlk. 6, change feet (jumping). 

10. 2A. flg. upw. j. 1—5. 

11. Yd. toe St. j. forw. (hopping). 

12. 2 A. and L. flg. upw. j. 1 — 5. 

13. Wg. courtesy sitt. sidew. j. (hopping). 

14. 1 step, forw. j. 

15. Wg. toe ^ St. j. (hopping). 

16. 180° upw. j. 1 — 5. 

17. 2 Steps, forw. j. 1 — 5. 



188 School Gymnastics 



18. Yd. toe i St. j. (hopping). 

19. 3 steps, forw. j. 1 — 6. 

20. Wg. stride toe st. j., F. strike. 

21. Forw. j. over mark. 1 — 5. 

22. Wg. wlk. d change F. jump. 

23. Sidew. j. over mark. 1 — 5. 

24. Twice upw. j. 1 — 6. 

25. 1 step, forw. j. ov. mark. 1 — 4. 

26. Twice forw. j. 1—6. 

27. 2 steps, forw. j. ov. mark. 1 — 5. 

28. Twice 90° upw. j. 1 — 6. 

29. 3 steps, j. ov. mark. 1 — 6. 

30. Twice sidew. j. a same side. 1 — 6. 

31. 1 step, 90° j. ov. mark. 1 — 4. 

31|. Yd. c toe St. quick alt. L. elev. sidew. 

32. Twice sidew. j. h opp. sides. 1 — 6. 

33. 2 steps 90° j. ov. mark. 1 — 5. 

34. 360° upw. j. 1 — 5. 

35. 3 steps, 90° ov. mark. 1 — 6. 

36. 2 A. flg. twice upw. j. 1 — 6. . 

37. Prep, to j. " Start.'' 

38. 2 A. and L. flg. twice upw. j. 1 — 6. 

39. Upw. j. ''Start." 

40. Twice 180° upw. j. 1—6. 

41. Forw. j. "Start." 

42. Sidew. forw. j. 1 — 4. 

43. 90° upw. j. "Start." 

44. Backw. j. 1 — 5. 

45. Sidew. j. " Start." 

46. Twice 360° upw. j. 1—6. 

47. 2 A. flg. upw. j. "Start." 

48. Sidew. and backw. j. 1 — 6. 

49. 2 A. and L. flg. upw. j. " Start.'' 

50. Forw. and backw. j. 1 — 6. 

51. 1 step, forw. j. "Start." 

52. Twice upw. j. " Start." 

53. 2 steps, forw. j. "Start." 

54. Twice forw. j. " Start." 

55. 3 steps, forw. j. '' Start." 

56. 90° twice upw. j. Start." 

57. 180° upw. j. "Start." 

58. Twice sidew. j. a. "Start." 



School Gymnastics 189 



59. 1 step, 90^ forw. j. Start.'' 

60. Twice sidew. j. 6. Start." 

61. 2 steps, 90° forw. j. Start.'' 

62. 360°upw. j. ''Start." 

63. Twice 2 A. flg. upw. j. " Start." 

64. Jump from height. 

65. Sidew. forw. j. "Start." 

66. 3 steps, 90° forw. j. " Start." 

67. Upw. j. 1, 2 — 3, 4 — 5. 

68. 2 A. and L. flg. twice upw. j. Start." 

69. 1 step, forw. j. " Start — Four." 

70. Twice, 180° upw. j. Start." 

71. 2 steps, forw. j. " Start — Five." 

72. Backw. j. ''Start." 

73. 3 steps, forw. j. " Start — Six." 

74. Twice, 360° upw. j. " Start." 

75. 1 step, 90° forw. j. '' Start— Four." 

76. 3 steps, 90° forw. j. and land facing front 
(double jump). ''Start." 

Jumpini^ from a bench may be put in anywhere after 14; 
greater heights between this and 64. 

Standing and running high and broad jump wherever it 

lays over mark," etc. 

B. VAULTING. 

1. Reach gr. st. introd. to vault. 

2. i yd. gr. st. introd. to vault. 

3. Vault benches face down. 

4. Vault double bar, face up. 

5. Somersault over bar. 

6. Vault, between pommels. 

7. Vault, double bar, face down. 

8. Vault, low box, face down. 

9. Leap-frog into the saddle ; horse. 

10. St. vault, over low bar (grad. raised). 

11. Str. gr. i St. jump from stall-bars. 

12. Vault, bar with rope. 

13. " Sit over," low bar. 

14. Vault double bar, face forw. 

15. Sit over," box or horse. 



190 



School Gymnastics 



16. Cr. hang, jump from stall-bars. 

17. Vault double bar straight ahead, both hands 
on upper bar. 

18. Leap-frog on horse. 

19. Leap-frog on box. 

20. i yd. gr. st. sidew. vault, over bar (from one 
foot). 

21. Yault box, face down and turn 180°. 

22. Yault double bar, face up ; bars close together. 

23. Yault box face down, one hand, spring from 
one foot. 

24. Sit in the saddle from the side, spring from 
one hand and foot. 

25. Yault bar, face down and turn 180°. 

26. Box lengthwise, swing both legs sidew. to sit 
in the saddle. 

27. Yault bar with rope, bar high. 

28. Sit over as in 26. 

29. i yd. gr. i st. sidew. vault, over bar and turn 
180°. 

30. Leap-frog and sit over" (to land, in i yd. 
gr. St.). 

31. Yault bar, face down, run for start. 

32. Continuous sidew. vault, over bar. 

33. Yault double bar as in 17; bars close together. 

34. Yault across box, between the hands 
(^'echappe ^'). 

35. St. vault, over bar, face down, one hand. 

36. Long leap frog. ("Tiger-jump.") 

37. Yault bar face up, run for start. 

38. Yault box lengthwise, face down to i yd. gr. st. 

39. St. vault, over high bar, face down. 

40. Leap-frog from one foot. 

41. Pole-vault. 

42. Yault across box, feet outside ("ecart^"). 

43. Yault bar, face down and turn 180°, run for 
start. 

44. Sit over " box, one hand and foot. 

45. Yault box, face down, legs high. 

46. Handspring on pommels (low bar and saddle). 

47. Yault to stand in the saddle and jump off f orw. 



School Gymnastics 



191 



48. Vault double bar, over upper bar. 

49. Handspring across box. 

50. Jump to stand in the saddle and jump off 
forw. 

51. Leap-frog backw. 

52. Handspring lengthwise, to sit in the saddle. 

53. Vault to stand over" lengthwise. 

54. Handspring lengthwise on box. 

55. Vault lengthwise between the hands. 

56. Vault box face down, and land where you 
started. 

57. Handspring lengthwise on horse, hands strike 
twice, etc. 



RESPIRATORY EXERCISES. 

1. St. 2 A. ext. sidew. 

2. Yd. a St. 2. A. flg. 

3. St. 2 A. elev. sidew. 

4. St. 2 A. ext. to Yd 

5. Yd. d St. 2 A. elev. 

6. St. 2 A. elev. forw. upw. 
*7. St. 2 A. elev. sidew. upw. 

8. Yd. c St. 2 A circ. 

9. St. 2 A. elev. sidew. w. 2 Heel-elev. 

10. Yd. d St. 2 A. elev. w. 2 Heel-elev. 

11. St. 2 A. elev. forw. upw. w. 2 Heel-elev. 

12. St. 2 A. elev. sidew. upw. w. 2 Heel-elev. 

13. Yd. a St. 2 A. flg. w. F. placing forw. 

14. Yd. a turn close st. 2 A. flg. 

15. Turn close st. 2 A. elev. sidew. 

16. Bend turn close st. 2 A. ext. to yd. d, 

17. Yd. d turn close st. 2 A. elev. 

18. Turn close st. 2 A. elev. forw. upw. 

19. Turn close st. 2 A. elev. side. upw. 

20. Yd. c turn close st. 2 A. circ. 

21. Yd. a turn stride st. 2 A. flg. 

22. St. 2 A elev. sidew. w. 2 Kn. flex. 

23. Turn stride st. 2 A. elev. sidew. 



192 



School Gymnastics 



24. Yd. d St. 2 A elev. w. 2 Kn. flex. 

25. Bend turn stride st. 2 A. ext. to Yd. d. 

26. Yd. a walking 2 A. flg. 

27. Yd. d turn stride st. 2 A. elev. 

28. Yd. d courtesy sitt. 2 A. elev. 

29. Turn stride st. 2 A. elev. forw. upw. 

30. Yd. d toe st. 2 A. elev. and 2 Kn. flex. 

31. Turn stride st. 2 A. elev. sidew. upw. 

32. Yd. a St. 2 A. flg. & half step forw. (toe sup. 
wlk. 6 pos). 

33. Yd. c turn stride st. 2 A. circ. 

34. St. 2 A. elev. sidew. upw. & 2 Kn. flex. 

35. Yd. a fallout st. (a) 6 2 A. flg. (trunk erect). 

36. Bend fallout st. (a) 5 2 A. Ext. to Yd. d. 

37. Yd. d fallout st. (a) 6 2 A. elev. 

38. Wg. fallout St. (a) 5 2 A. elev. forw. upw. 

39. Wg. fallout St. (a) 6 2 A. elev. sidew. upw. 

40. Yd. c. fallout st (a) 5 2 A. Circ. 

41. Yd. a fallout st. (c) 2 A. flg. 

42. Bend fallout st. (c) d 2 A. ext. to yd. d. 

43. Yd. d fallout st. (c) d 2 A. elev. 

44. Wg. fallout St. (c\ d 2 A. elev. forw. upw. 

45. Wg. fallout St. (c) d 2 A, elev. sidew. upw. 

46. Yd. c fallout st. {c) d2 A, circ. 

47. Close St. 2 A. elev. forw. upw. w. T. rot. 

48. St. 2 A. elev. forw. upw. w. T. rot. 

49. Stride st. 2 A. elev. forw. upw. w. T. rot. 

50. Yd. a turn fallout st. a 2 A. flg. 

51. Bend turn fallout st. a 2 A. ext. to Yd. d. 

52. Yd. d turn fallout st. a 2 A. elev. 

53. Wg. turn fallout st. a 2 A. elev. forw. upw. 

54. Wg. turn fallout st. a 2 A. elev. sidew. upw. 

55. Yd. c turn fallout st. a 2 A. circ. 
55-|. Yd. a arch wlk. b st. 2 A. flg. 

66. Yd. a arch st. 2 A. flg. 

57. Yd. c arch st. 2 A. circ. 

68. Yd. c arch wlk. b st. 2 A. circ. 

58J. Str. arch sup. std. st. 2 A. ext. upw. 

69. Yd. a arch st. 2 A. flg. and F. placing forw., etc. , 
69^. Yd. a St. 2 A. flg. T. rot. w. I step wlk. a. 



School Gymnastics 



193 



Reach ly. 2 A. elev. ] ... 

Reach st. 2 A. elev. 1^ ^^^^ 

Rest St. 2 A. ext. upw. J w^^^^* 

Str. arch sup. st. 2 A. exp. upw. (hor. bar). 

St. 2 A. elev. sidew. } w. \ step 

St. 2 A. elev. forw. upw. 3 wlk. &.